Mgp, Smc 6b2l71

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:18 PM

Page 263

Compact Guide Cylinder Series

MGP

ø12, ø16, ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100

MGJ MGP MGQ MGG MGC MGF MGZ MGT Series Variations Series

Bearing type

Standard type

MGP

Cushion Rubber bumper

MGP With air cushion

Bore size (mm)

Slide bearing Ball bushing bearing

With end lock

Air cushion Rubber bumper

MGP

Page • Clean series: ø12 to ø63 • Water resistant: ø20 to ø100 Note) • Copper/Fluorine-free: ø12 to ø100 • Copper/Fluorine-free (20-)

P. 269

P. 289

Note) Available with ø20 to ø100 slide bearing type only

P. 307

D-

Heavy duty guide rod type

MGPS

Slide bearing

Rubber bumper

High precision ball bushing bearing type

Ball bushing bearing

Rubber bumper/ Air cushion

MGPA

12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

P. 319

P. 329

263

-X Individual -X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:18 PM

Page 264

Combinations of Standard Products and Made Series : Standard

MGP : Special product ( SMC for details.)

: Made to Order specifications

— : Not available

Basic type

Air cushion

Bearing

Slide bearing

Ball bushing

Slide bearing

Ball bushing

Type

MGPM

MGPL

MGPM

MGPL

ø12 to 100

Bore size

ø16 to 100

Basic type





—

—

With air cushion

—

—





With end lock

—

—





12-

Clean series Note 1)

—



—



13-

Clean series Note 1)

—



—



20-

Copper-free









21-

Copper-free/Clean series Note 1)

—



—



R/V

Water resistant Note 2)



—



—

—



—







Note 3)

XB6

Heat resistant cylinder (–10 to 150°C)

XB9

Low speed cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s)

XB10

Intermediate stroke (Exclusive body)





XB13

Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s)





XC4

With heavy duty scraper





XC6

Made of stainless steel





XC8

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type

—

—

XC9

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type

—

—

XC19

Intermediate stroke (Spacer type)

XC22

Fluororubber seals



—

XC35

With coil scraper





XC69

With shock absorber

—

—

XC79

Machining tapped hole, drilled hole and pin hole additionally

XC82

Bottom mounting style



—

X144

Symmetrical port position





X867

Lateral piping type (Change of plug position)

Note 4)

Note 5)

—

— —

Note 4)

Note 1) MGPL: 12 to 63 only Note 2) MGPL: 20 to 100 only Note 3) Without cushion, MGPL: (—). (): With auto switch Note 4) For ø20 to ø100 only Note 5) Without cushion, MGPL: (—).

264



—

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 265

to Order Specifications Series

With end lock

Heavy duty guide type

High precision ball bushing type

Slide bearing

Ball bushing

Slide bearing

Basic type

Air cushion

With end lock

MGPM

MGPL

MGPS

MGPA

MGPA

MGPA

ø50, ø80

ø12 to 100

ø16 to 100

ø20 to 100

ø20 to 100

MGP

—

—





—

—







—











—





—



—

—

—

—

—



—

—

—

—







—





—



—

—

—

—



—



—

—

—



—



—

—

—













MGP









MGQ











MGG











MGC







—

—

MGF

—

—



—

—

MGZ

—

—



—

—

MGT

—

—

—

—



—



—





—

—



—

MGJ

— —

—









—

—

—

—







—









—

D- -X Individual -X

265

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 266

Compact Guide Cylinder

MGP

Series

ø12, ø16, ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100

Four mounting styles provided

Piping is possible from two directions

Easy positioning Knock pin holes provided on each mounting surface

1. Top mounting

1. Top ported 2. Side mounting

2. Side ported

1. To

pm

3. T-slot side mounting Easy adjustment of workpiece and cylinder mounting

1. T op

por

t

ting

1. A u

2d or more (d: Screw O.D.)

4. Bottom mounting

oun

to s witc hm oun ting

2. e

id

S po

m

rt

o ott

g

tin

n ou

m

4. B

Auto switches can be mounted on two sides.

1. A uto

2. S

ide

mo

3. T -slo

unt

t si

ing

de

swi tch m

oun

mo

unt

ting

ing

Two types of guide rod bearing to accommodate various applications

Slide bearing The lateral withstand load is more than twice that of a conventional stopper cylinder (round bar type), and is suitable for use with lateral loads accompanied by impact, as in stoppers.

Ball bushing bearing Suitable for use as a pusher and lifter.

Stroke Variations Bearing type

MGPM Slide bearing

MGPL Ball bushing bearing

266

Long strokes up to 400 mm are standardized.

Bore size (mm)

12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Stroke (mm) 10

20





25



Intermediate stroke

30

40

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

300

350

400



























Spacer installation type Available by the 1 mm & 5 mm interval. Exclusive body (-XB10) in stroke increments of 1 mm

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 267

With end lock type

, Holds the cylinder s home position even if the air supply is cut off. Compact body ø20 to ø63 ······Standard + 25 mm body length ø80, ø100 ·······Standard + 50 mm body length

Stroke Variations Bearing type

MGPM Slide bearing

MGPL Ball bushing bearing

Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Stroke (mm)

25

50

75

100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400

























Intermediate Lock stroke direction

Manual release

Rod end

Non-lock type

Spacer type lock available by the 5 mm stroke interval. Head end lock

Lock type

With air cushion type • An air cushion has been added to the compact guide cylinder to suppress vibration and noise at the stroke end. It can absorb nearly three times as much kinetic energy as a rubber bumper.

Stroke Variations Bearing type

Bore size (mm)

MGJ Stroke (mm)

Intermediate stroke

MGP

25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400

Cushion valve is built into the body

MGPM Slide bearing

MGPL Ball bushing bearing

16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

























MGQ MGG

Strokes available by the 1 mm interval by changing the collar.

MGC MGF MGZ MGT

Heavy duty guide rod type with improved load resistance Stroke Variations Bearing type

MGPS Slide bearing

Bore size (mm)

50 80

Stroke (mm) 25

50

75

100 125 150 175 200

















• Anti-lateral load: 10% increase • Eccentric load resistance: 25% increase • Impact load resistance: 140% increase

D-

(Compared with MGPM50 compact guide cylinder) Bore size (mm)

Guide rod diameter (mm)

MGPS

MGPM

50

30

25

80

45

30

-X Individual -X

267

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 268

Full Made to Order Variation Description

Description

Heat resistant cylinder (–10 to 150°C)

Symbol

-XB6

With coil scraper

Symbol

An air cylinder with special seal material and grease, so that it can be used even at an ambient temperature range from –10°C up to 150°C. (MGPM only)

Intermediate stroke (Using exclusive body)

Symbol

-XC35

It gets rid of frost, ice, weld spatter, cutting chips adhered to the piston rod, and protects the seals, etc.

-XB10

When intermediate strokes other than standard strokes are used, this cylinder could shorten the full length and reduce the mounting space with an exclusive body without a spacer.

Low speed cylinder (5 to 50mm/s)

Symbol

-XB13

With shock absorber

Smooth operation is possible with minimal sticking and slipping at low speeds of 5 to 50 mm.

With heavy duty scraper

Symbol

Shock absorber

-XC4

Symbol

-XC69

A shock absorber reduces the impact on the stroke extended side end.

A cylinder with a heavy duty scraper is used for the wiper ring is suitable for use in an environment where there is a lot of dust in the surrounding area or where the equipment is exposed to earth and sand (die-casting equipment, construction machinery, industrial vehicles, etc.).

Change of guide rod end shape ∗

30° (Standard body dimension)

Symbol

-XA1,6,17,21

Machining tapped hole, drilled hole and pin hole additionally

Some patterns of guide rod end shape. 4 diagrams are available. Specify dimensions on a drawing and order the desired product.

Plate

Symbol

-XC79

Tapped, drilled and pin holes are additionally machined to install a workpiece to the plate.

E

Piston rod and rod end nut made of stainless steel 6 Retaining ring

Hexagon socket 5 head cap plug

1 Piston rod 2 Guide rod

3 Plate

Symbol

-XC6

These are suitable for cases where rust or corrosion due to being immersed in water are likely. Use stainless steel for parts q to y.

Bottom mounting style

Symbol

-XC82

The guide rod does not protrude from the bottom when the rod is retracting.

Relief holes for the guide rods are not required when a cylinder is mounted on the bottom.

4 Plate mounting bolt

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type

Symbol

-XC8

Install a stroke adjusting unit on the head side to adjust strokes at the outlet. (After adjusting stroke, both-side cushion style is changed into single side cushion style.)

Symmetrical port position

Symbol

-X144

This makes it easy to remove and rotate piping when it is mounted on a wall where mounting space is limited.

Standard

-X144

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type

Symbol

-XC9

Lateral piping type (Change of plug position)

Hexagon socket head cap taper plug Front piping port Symbol

-XC19

When intermediate strokes other than standard strokes are used, this cylinder could shorten the full length and reduce the mounting space with a spacer.

Fluororubber seals Fluororubber is used for seals.

268

Symbol

-XC22

-X867

A type which plugs the piping port on the top in order to use it on the side.

The retract stroke of the cylinder can be adjusted with the adjusting bolt.

Intermediate stroke (Spacer type)

Symbol

Side piping port

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 269

Compact Guide Cylinder Series

MGP

ø12, ø16, ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100

MGJ MGP MGQ MGG MGC MGF MGZ MGT

Stroke Variations Bearing type

MGPM Slide bearing

MGPL Ball bushing bearing

Bore size (mm)

12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Stroke (mm)

10

20

25



30

40

50

75

100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400

Intermediate stroke

Spacer installation type Available by the 1 mm & 5 mm interval. Exclusive body (-XB10) in stroke increments of 1 mm

D- -X Individual -X

269

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 270

Series MGP

Specific Product Precautions 1 Be sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 11 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.

Mounting

Cushion

Warning

With air cushion

Caution

1. Never place your hands or fingers between the plate and the body.

1. Keep the adjusting range of the cushion valve within 3 rotations of the completely closed position.

Be very careful to prevent your hands or fingers from getting caught in the gap between the cylinder body and the plate when air is applied.

Caution 1. Use cylinders within the piston speed range. An orifice is set for this cylinder, but the piston speed may exceed the operating range if the speed controller is not used. If the cylinder is used outside the operating speed range, it may cause damage to the cylinder and shorten the service life. Adjust the speed by installing the speed controller and use the cylinder within the limited range.

2. Do not scratch or gouge the sliding portion of the piston rod and the guide rod. Damaged seals, etc. will result in leakage or malfunction.

3. Do not dent or scratch the mounting surface of a body and a plate. The flatness of the mounting surface may not be maintained, which would cause an increase in sliding resistance.

4. Make sure that the cylinder mounting surface has a flatness of 0.05 mm or less. If the flatness of the workpieces and brackets mounted on the plate is not appropriate, sliding resistance may increase.

5. Bottom of cylinder The guide rods protrude from the bottom of the cylinder at the end of the retracting stroke, and therefore, in cases where the cylinder is to be bottom mounted, it is necessary to provide by ports in the mounting surface for the guide rods, as well as holes for the hexagon socket head screws which are used for mounting. Moreover, in applications where impact occurs from a stopper, etc., the mounting bolts should be inserted to a depth of 2 d or more (1.5 d or more for MGPS).

1.5 d or more

øD By port dia.

B ±0.2

B ±0.2

270

JIS B 4648 hexagon wrench key 1.5 JIS B 4648 hexagon wrench key 2.5 JIS B 4648 hexagon wrench key 4

2. Be sure to activate the air cushion at the cylinder stroke end. Be sure to activate the air cushion at the end of the cylinder stroke. When it is intended to operate with the cushion valve fully opened, select a cylinder equipped with rubber bumper. If operated without confirming this point, the piston rod assembly, etc., may be damaged.

3. Be sure to operate a cylinder equipped with air cushion to the end of the stroke. If it is not operated to the end of the stroke, the effect of the air cushion will not be fully exhibited. Consequently, in cases where the stroke is regulated by an external stopper, etc., caution must be exercised, as the air cushion may become completely ineffective.

Depending on the operating conditions, piping port positions can be changed by using a plug. 1. For M5

C ±0.2

A ±0.2

D (mm) Bore size A B C Hexagon socket (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) MGPM MGPL head cap screw 18 22 24 30 34 40 46 58 54 62

Applicable tool , Flat head watchmakers screwdriver 3 mm

Caution

øD By port dia.

A ±0.2

50 56 72 82 98 106 130 142 180 210

16 20,25,32,40 50,63 80,100

Piping

(d = Thread O.D.)

2 d or more C ±0.2

12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Bore size (mm)

Series MGPS (d = Thread O.D.)

Series MGP

When adjusting the cushion valve, use the following screwdriver or hexagon wrenches. Keep the adjusting range of the cushion valve within 3 rotations of the completely closed position. Air leakage will occur if operated after opening by 4 rotations or more. Furthermore, a stopper mechanism is provided for the cushion valve, and it should not be forced open beyond that position.

41 46 54 64 78 86 110 124 156 188

10 12 14 18 22 22 27 27 33 39

8 10 12 15 18 18 22 22 28 33

M4 x 0.7 M5 x 0.8 M5 x 0.8 M6 x 1.0 M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5 M12 x 1.75 M14 x 2.0

Bore size (mm)

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

Hexagon socket head cap screw

50 80

140 214

50 66

116 170

32 47

M12 x 1.75 M16 x 2

After tightening by hand, tighten additional 1/6 to 1/4 rotation with a tightening tool.

2. For taper thread Use the correct tightening torques listed below. Before tightening the plug, wrap pipe tape around it. Also, with regard to the sunk dimension of a plug (a dimension in the drawing), use the stipulated figures as a guide and confirm the air leakage before operation. ∗ If tightening plugs on the top mounting port with more than the proper tightening torque, plugs will be screwed much deeply and air age will be squeezed. Consequently, the cylinder speed will be restricted. Connection thread Proper tightening torque (N·m) (plug) size

1/8 1/4 3/8 Plug

7 to 9 12 to 14 22 to 24

a dimension 0.5 mm or less 1 mm or less 1 mm or less

a

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 271

Series MGP

Specific Product Precautions 2 Be sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 11 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.

Allowable Kinetic Energy Load mass and a maximum speed must be within the ranges shown in the graphs below.

MGP with rubber bumper

MGP with air cushion

1000

1000

ø100 ø80 ø63 ø50 ø40 ø32

ø100 ø80 Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

100

ø25 ø20

10

ø16 ø12

100

ø63 ø50 ø40 ø32

1

ø25 10

ø20 ø16

0.1

MGJ MGP 0.01 100

1000

Maximum speed (mm/s)

1 100

1000

Maximum speed (mm/s)

MGQ MGG

MGP without cushion (MGP-V (Water resistant), XB6, XC9, XC22)

MGC

1000

MGF

Load mass m (kg)

100

10

ø100 ø80 ø63 ø50 ø40 ø32

MGZ MGT

ø25 ø20 ø16 ø12

1

0.1

D- -X 0.01 100

Individual -X

1000

Maximum speed (mm/s)

271

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 272

Compact Guide Cylinder

Series MGP

ø12, ø16, ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100 How to Order

MGP M 25

Compact Guide Cylinder

30 M9BW

Compact Guide Cylinder

Made to Order Specification For details, refer to page 273.

Bearing type Slide bearing Ball bushing bearing

M L

Number of auto switches Nil

S n

Bore size 12 16 20 25 32

12 mm 16 mm 20 mm 25 mm 32 mm

40 40 mm 50 50 mm 63 63 mm 80 80 mm 100 100 mm

Auto switch Nil

N TF

Without auto switch (Built-in magnet)

∗ For the applicable auto switch model, refer to the table below.

Thread type Nil

2 pcs. 1 pc. n pcs.

M5 x 0.8 Rc NPT G

Cylinder stroke (mm) Refer to “Standard Stroke” on page 273.

∗ For bore sizes 12 and 16, only M5 x 0.8 is available.

Solid state switch

Type

Special function

— Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Water resistant (2-color indication)

Reed switch

Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

—

Electrical entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches.

3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) Grommet Yes 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire 2-wire (Non-polar) 3-wire Yes (NPN equivalent) Grommet 2-wire No

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·········· Nil 1 m·········· M 3 m·········· L 5 m·········· Z

Load voltage

Wiring (Output)

DC

Auto switch model AC

Perpendicular

In-line

—

M9NV M9PV M9BV M9NWV M9PWV M9BWV M9NAV M9PAV M9BAV —

M9N M9P M9B M9NW M9PW M9BW M9NA M9PA M9BA P4DW

5V,12V 12V 5V,12V 24V

12V 5V,12V 12V

— — 24V

(Example) M9NW (Example) M9NWM (Example) M9NWL (Example) M9NWZ

Pre-wired

—

—





Applicable load IC circuit — IC circuit — IC circuit

Relay, PLC

—

IC — — — — 5V A96 A96V — circuit 100V — — — — A93 A93V Relay, 12V 100V or less A90V — — — IC circuit PLC A90 ∗ Solid state auto switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order. ∗ D-P4DW type can be mounted on bore sizes 32 to 100.

∗ Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 336 for details. ∗ For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785. ∗ Auto switches are shipped together (not assembled).

272

Lead wire length (m)

0.5 1 3 5 connector (Nil) (M) (L) (Z)

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 273

Compact Guide Cylinder

Series MGP

Specifications ø12 ø16 ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63 ø80 ø100 Double acting

Bore size Action

Air 1.5 MPa

Fluid Proof pressure

1.0 MPa

Maximum operating pressure Minimum operating pressure 0.12 MPa

0.1 MPa –10 to 60°C (No freezing) 50 to 500 mm/s

Ambient and fluid temperature Piston speed Note)

50 to 400 mm/s

Rubber bumper on both ends

Cushion

Not required (Non-lube)

Lubrication

+1.5 0

Stroke length tolerance

mm

Note) Maximum speed with no load. Make a model selection, considering a load according to the graph on pages 275 to 281.

Standard Stroke Standard stroke (mm) 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400

Bore size (mm) 12, 16 20, 25 32 to 100

Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke Made to Order Specification (For details, refer to pages 1829 to 2021.) Symbol

Specifications

—XA

Change of guide rod end shape

—XB6

Heat resistant cylinder (–10 to 150°C)

—XB10

Intermediate stroke (Using exclusive body)

—XB13

Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s)

—XC4

With heavy duty scraper

—XC6

Made of stainless steel

—XC8

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type

—XC9

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type

—XC22

Fluororubber seals

—XC35

With coil scraper

—XC69

With shock absorber

—XC79

Machining tapped hole, drilled hole and pin hole additionally.

—XC82

Bottom mounting style

—X144

Symmetrical port position

—X867

Lateral piping type (Change of plug position)

Description

Spacer installation type Exclusive body (-XB10) Spacers are installed in the standard stroke cylinder. Dealing with the stroke by making an exclusive body. • ø12 to 32: Available by the 1 mm stroke interval. • All bore sizes are available by the 1 mm interval. • ø40 to 100: Available by the 5 mm stroke interval.

Part no.

Refer to “How to Order” for the standard model numbers.

Applicable stroke (mm)









Minimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and mounting height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no.

ø12, ø16

11 to 249

ø20, ø25, ø32

1 to 399

ø20, ø25

21 to 399

5 to 395

A spacer 1 mm in width is installed in a MGPM20-40. C dimension is 77 mm.

MGJ MGP

ø32 to ø100 26 to 399 Part no.: MGPM20-39-XB10 Special body manufactured for 39 stroke. C dimension is 76 mm.

MGQ MGG

Theoretical Output OUT

MGC

IN

(N) Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area (mm) (mm) direction (mm2) 12 16

Refer to pages 334 to 336 for cylinders with auto switches.

1 to 249

ø40 to ø100 Part no.: MGPM20-39 Example

Suffix “-XB10” to the end of standard part number. Note)

ø12, ø16

20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

6 8 10 12 16 16 20 20 25 30

OUT

Operating pressure (MPa) 0.2

0.3

0.4

113

23

34

45

0.5

0.6 68

57

0.7 79

0.8 90

0.9 102

1.0 113

IN

85

17

26

34

43

51

60

68

77

85

OUT

201

40

60

80

101

121

141

161

181

201

IN

151

30

45

60

76

91

106

121

136

151

OUT

314

63

94

126

157

188

220

251

283

314

IN

236

47

71

94

118

142

165

189

212

236

OUT

491

98

147

196

246

295

344

393

442

491

IN

378

76

113

151

189

227

265

302

340

378

OUT

804

161

241

322

402

482

563

643

724

804

IN

603

121

181

241

302

362

422

482

543

603

OUT

1257

251

377

503

629

754

880 1006 1131 1257

634

739

845

1056

211

317

422

528

1963

393

589

785

982 1178 1374 1570 1767 1963

660

825

1649

330

495

3117

623

935 1247 1559 1870 2182 2494 2805 3117

561

841 1121 1402 1682 1962 2242 2523 2803

2803 5027

MGT

990 1154 1319 1484 1649

IN OUT IN

MGZ

950 1056

IN OUT

OUT

MGF

1005 1508 2011 2514 3016 3519 4022 4524 5027

IN

4536

907 1361 1814 2268 2722 3175 3629 4082 4536

OUT

7854

1571 2356 3142 3927 4712 5498 6283 7069 7854

IN

7147

1429 2144 2859 3574 4288 5003 5718 6432 7147

Note) Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm2)

273

D- -X Individual -X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 274

Series MGP Mass Slide Bearing: MGPM12 to 100

(kg) Standard stroke (mm)

Bore size (mm)

Model

10

20

25

30

40

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

12

MGPM12

0.24

0.28

0.39

0.50

0.59

0.70

0.33

0.38

0.53

0.80

0.97

0.98 1.35

1.60

—

—

—

MGPM20

—

0.67

—

0.75

0.91

0.68 1.17

0.89 1.22

20

0.48 0.83

0.79 1.09

1.17

MGPM16

0.31 0.43

0.35

16

— —

1.37

1.57

1.76

1.96

2.16

2.63

3.03

3.42

3.82

25

MGPM25

—

1.05

1.16

1.27

1.65

1.92

2.19

2.47

2.74

3.01

3.67

4.21

4.76

MGPM32

2.85

3.24

3.62

4.00

4.38

5.33

6.09

6.86

5.30 7.62

2.37

2.83

3.25

3.68

4.10

4.53

4.95

5.99

6.85

7.70

8.55

MGPM50

3.36

— — —

2.47

MGPM40

— — —

2.07

50

— — —

1.69

40

— — — —

0.95

32

4.00

5.37

6.01

6.65

7.29

7.93

9.54

10.8

12.1

13.4

63

MGPM63

—

—

4.18

—

—

6.54

7.29

8.05

8.80

9.56

11.4

12.9

MGPM80

—

—

6.49

—

—

8.67

9.61

10.5

11.5

12.4

13.4

15.8

17.7

14.4 19.5

15.9

80

4.94 7.43

4.73 5.78

100

MGPM100

—

—

10.5

—

—

11.9

13.6

14.9

16.3

17.6

18.9

20.2

23.6

26.2

28.9

31.5

1.95

300 —

350 —

400 —

21.4

Ball Bushing Bearing: MGPL12 to 100

(kg) Standard stroke (mm)

Bore size (mm)

Model

10

20

12

MGPL12

0.24

0.27

25 —

16

MGPL16

0.34

0.39

20

MGPL20

—

0.70

25

MGPL25

—

32

MGPL32

40

MGPL40

50

MGPL50

— — —

63

MGPL63

80 100

30

40

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

0.35

0.39

0.47

0.56

0.66

0.51

0.79

0.93

0.91 1.28

1.50

—

—

—

0.77

0.89

0.67 1.14

0.83 1.16

—

0.56 0.97

0.74 1.04

1.08

—

0.30 0.43

1.31

1.52

1.69

1.87

2.04

2.42

2.77

3.12

3.47

0.98

—

1.07

1.25

1.34

1.57

1.81

2.08

2.31

2.54

2.77

3.27

3.74

4.20

4.66

— — —

1.54

— — —

1.85

2.30

2.62

2.99

3.31

3.94

4.63

5.26

5.89

6.52

2.15

2.64

3.00

3.42

3.78

3.62 4.14

4.50

5.28

6.00

6.72

7.44

3.11

— — —

3.66

4.41

4.96

5.60

6.15

6.70

7.25

8.48

9.57

10.7

11.8

—

—

3.93

—

—

4.59

5.46

6.12

6.88

7.54

8.21

8.87

10.3

11.7

13.0

14.3

MGPL80

—

—

6.25

—

—

8.69

9.51

10.3

11.1

12.0

12.8

14.7

16.3

18.0

19.6

MGPL100

—

—

9.89

—

—

7.39 11.6

13.4

14.5

15.7

16.9

18.1

19.3

21.9

24.2

26.6

28.9

1.79

300 —

350 —

400 —

Non-rotating Accuracy of Plate

Allowable Rotational Torque of Plate Torque: T (N·m)

+θ —θ

T (N.m) Bore size (mm) 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

274

Stroke (mm)

For non-rotating accuracy without load, use a value no more than the values in the table as a guide.

Bore size (mm)

Bearing type

10

MGPM

0.39 0.32

—

0.27 0.24 0.21 0.43 0.36 0.31 0.27 0.24

0.22 0.19

—

—

—

12

MGPL

0.61 0.45

—

0.35 0.58 0.50 0.37 0.29 0.24 0.20 0.18

0.16 0.12

—

—

—

16

MGPM

0.69 0.58

—

0.49 0.43 0.38 0.69 0.58 0.50 0.44 0.40

0.36 0.30

—

—

—

20

MGPL

0.99 0.74

—

0.59 0.99 0.86 0.65 0.52 0.43 0.37 0.32

0.28 0.23

—

—

—

25

20

25

30

40

50

75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400

MGPM

—

1.05

—

0.93 0.83 0.75 1.88 1.63 1.44 1.28 1.16

1.06 0.90 0.78 0.69

0.62

32

MGPL

—

1.26

—

1.03 2.17 1.94 1.52 1.25 1.34 1.17 1.03

0.93 0.76 0.65 0.56

0.49

40

MGPM

—

1.76

—

1.55 1.38 1.25 2.96 2.57 2.26 2.02 1.83

1.67 1.42 1.24 1.09

0.98

50

MGPL

—

2.11

—

1.75 3.37 3.02 2.38 1.97 2.05 1.78 1.58

1.41 1.16 0.98 0.85

0.74

63

MGPM

—

—

6.35

—

—

5.13 5.69 4.97 4.42 3.98 3.61

3.31 2.84 2.48 2.20

1.98

80

MGPL MGPM

—

—

5.95

—

—

4.89 5.11 4.51 6.34 5.79 5.33

4.93 4.29 3.78 3.38

3.04

100

—

—

7.00

—

—

5.66 6.27 5.48 4.87 4.38 3.98

3.65 3.13 2.74 2.43

2.19

MGPL

—

—

6.55

—

—

5.39 5.62 4.96 6.98 6.38 5.87

5.43 4.72 4.16 3.71

3.35

MGPM

—

—

—

—

7.24 6.24 5.49 4.90

4.43

MGPL

—

—

—

—

7.62 9.83 8.74 11.6

9.83

9.12 7.95 7.02 6.26

5.63

MGPM

—

—

14.7

—

—

12.1 13.5 11.9 10.7

9.69 8.86

8.16 7.04 6.19 5.52

4.99

MGPL

—

—

10.2

—

—

8.84 7.80 6.94

6.24

MGPM

—

—

21.9

—

—

18.6 22.9 20.5 18.6 17.0 15.6

14.5 12.6 11.2 10.0

MGPL

—

—

15.1

—

—

23.3 22.7 20.6 18.9 17.3 16.0

14.8 12.9 11.3 10.0

MGPM

—

—

38.8

—

—

33.5 37.5 33.8 30.9 28.4 26.2

24.4 21.4 19.1 17.2

15.7

MGPL

—

—

27.1

—

—

30.6 37.9 34.6 31.8 29.3 27.2

25.3 22.1 19.5 17.3

15.5

13.0 9.17

10.8

12.0 10.6

8.48 11.0

9.50 8.60 7.86 10.7

9.74 13.0 11.9 11.0

10.2

9.11 8.94

Non-rotating accuracy θ MGPM

MGPL

±0.08

±0.10

±0.07

±0.09

±0.06

±0.08

±0.05

±0.06

±0.04

±0.05

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 275

Series MGP

Model Selection Selection Conditions Vertical

Horizontal

l

l

l l

m

m

Mounting orientation m

m

Maximum speed (mm/s)

200 or less

400

200 or less

400

Graph (Slide bearing type)

(1), (2) (5) to (8)

(3), (4) (9) to (12)

(13), (14) (17), (18)

(15), (16) (19), (20)

Graph (Ball bushing bearing type)

Selection Example 1 (Vertical Mounting)

Selection Example 2 (Horizontal Mounting)

Selection conditions Mounting: Vertical Bearing type: Ball bushing Stroke: 30 stroke Maximum speed: 200 mm/s Load mass: 3 kg Eccentric distance: 90 mm Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 3 kg and the eccentric distance of 90 mm on graph (5), based on vertical mounting, ball bushing, 30 stroke, and the speed of 200 mm/s. MGPL25-30 is selected.

Selection conditions Mounting: Horizontal Bearing type: Slide bearing Distance between plate and load center of gravity: 50 mm Maximum speed: 200 mm/s Load mass: 2 kg Stroke: 30 stroke Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 2 kg and 30 stroke on graph (13), based on horizontal mounting, slide bearing, the distance of 50 mm between the plate and load center of gravity, and the speed of 200 mm/s. MGPM20-30 is selected.

(5) Less than 40 stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

(13) l = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less 50

20 10

ø20 10

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

MGG MGC

ø100 ø80

MGF

ø50,63

ø50,63

ø32,40

ø32,40

MGZ

ø25

1

MGQ

ø80

ø16

ø12

MGP

ø100

ø25

5

MGJ

MGT

ø20

5

ø25 ø20

ø16

ø16

ø12

1

ø12

0.1

0.1 10

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

10

20

30

40 50 51

100

200

300

D-

Stroke (mm)

. When the maximum speed exceeds 200 mm/s, the allowable load mass is determined by multiplying the value shown in the graph at 400 mm/s by the coefficient listed in the table below. Maximum Up to 300 mm/s Up to 400 mm/s Up to 500 mm/s Coefficient 1.7 1 0.6

275

-X Individual -X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 276

Series MGP Operating pressure 0.4 MPa Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Mounting (Slide Bearing) MGPM12 to 100 (1) 50 Stroke or Less, V = 200 mm/s or less 300 200

300 200

ø100 ø80

10

ø80

ø63

ø63

ø50

ø50

ø40

ø40

ø32

ø32

ø25 ø20

5

ø100

100

Load mass m (kg)

100

Load mass m (kg)

(2) Over 50 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

ø16

10

ø25 ø20

5 ø16

ø12

ø12

1

1

0.1

0.1 10

50

100

200

10

50

Eccentric distance l (mm)

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

(3) 50 Stroke or Less, V = 400 mm/s

(4) Over 50 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

100

100 ø100

ø100

50

50 ø80

ø80

ø63

ø63

ø50

ø50

10

10 Load mass m (kg)

ø40 Load mass m (kg)

100

5 ø32 ø25 ø20 1

ø40 5 ø32

ø25 ø20

1 ø16

ø16 ø12

ø12 0.1

0.1 10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

276

200

10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

200

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 277

Compact Guide Cylinder

Series MGP

Operating pressure 0.4 MPa Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Mounting (Ball Bushing) MGPL12 to 25

(5) 30 Stroke or Less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(6) Over 30 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

20

20

10

10

ø25 ø20

5

5

ø25

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø16

ø12

1

ø20

ø16 1 ø12

0.1

0.1 10

50

100

10

200

50

100

MGJ

200

MGP

Eccentric distance l (mm)

Eccentric distance l (mm)

MGQ

MGPL32 to 100

(7) 50 Stroke or Less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(8) Over 50 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

300

MGG

300

MGC

ø100 ø80

100

ø100

MGF

ø80

MGZ

ø63

MGT

100

ø63 50

50 Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø50 ø40 ø32

ø50 ø40 10

10

ø32 5

5

D- 1

-X

1 1

5

10 Eccentric distance l (mm)

100

200

10

50

100

200

Individual -X

Eccentric distance l (mm)

277

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 278

Series MGP Vertical Mounting (Ball Bushing)

Operating pressure 0.4 MPa

MGPL12 to 25

(9) 30 Stroke or Less, V = 400 mm/s

(10) Over 30 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

10

1

5

0.5 ø25

ø20

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø25

ø20 1 ø16

ø16 0.1

ø12

ø12

0.1

0.01 10

50

100

200

10

50

Eccentric distance l (mm)

100

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

MGPL32 to 100

(11) 50 Stroke or Less, V = 400 mm/s

(12) Over 50 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

100

100 ø100 50

50 ø80

ø100 ø80 Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø63

ø50 10 ø40

10

ø63

5 ø50 ø40

5 ø32 1

ø32

1

0.2 10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

278

200

10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

200

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 279

Compact Guide Cylinder

Series MGP

Horizontal Mounting (Slide Bearing) MGPM12 to 100

(13) l = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less 50

(14) l = 100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less 50

ø100

ø80

ø50, 63

ø80

ø50, 63 ø50, 63

ø32, 40

ø32, 40 Load mass m (kg)

ø20

5 ø25 ø20

ø12

1

ø25 ø20

5

ø25 ø20

ø16

ø16

ø32, 40

10

ø25 Load mass m (kg)

ø100 ø80

ø50, 63

ø32, 40

10

ø100

ø100

ø80

ø16 ø12

1

ø16

ø12

ø12

MGJ

0.1

0.1 10

20

30

40 50 51

100

200

10

300

20

30

Stroke (mm)

40 50 51

100

200

300

MGP

Stroke (mm)

MGQ (15) l = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s 50

(16) l = 100 mm, V = 400 mm/s ø100

ø100

ø80

ø80

ø63

ø63

ø50

ø50

ø100

ø50, 63

10 ø40

ø40

5 ø32

ø50, 63

MGF

ø40

MGZ MGT

Load mass m (kg)

ø40

MGC

ø80

ø80

10

Load mass m (kg)

MGG

50

ø100

ø32

ø25 ø25 ø20

5

ø32

ø32

ø20

ø25

ø25

ø20

ø20

ø16

ø16

ø12

ø12

1

1 ø16

ø16

ø12 ø12

D- 0.110

-X

0.1 20

30

40 50 51 Stroke (mm)

100

200

300

10

20

30

40 50

51

100

200

300

Stroke (mm)

279

Individual -X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 280

Series MGP Horizontal Mounting (Ball Bushing) (17) l = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

(18) l =100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

MGPL12 to 25

MGPL12 to 25 10

10 ø25

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø20

5

ø25 ø25 ø20 ø20 ø16

ø16

ø12

ø25

5

ø20

ø25 ø20 ø16 ø16

ø16

ø12

ø16

ø12 1

1 ø12

ø12

ø12 0.5

0.5 10

20

30 31

50

100 101

200

10

300

20

30 31

50

100 101

200

300

Stroke (mm)

Stroke (mm)

MGPL32 to 63

MGPL32 to 63 50

Load mass m (kg)

50

Load mass m (kg)

ø25

ø20

ø50, 63 ø50, 63 ø50, 63 ø32, 40 ø32, 40

ø32, 40

ø50, 63

ø50, 63 10

10

ø32, 40

ø50, 63 ø32, 40

ø32, 40

5

5 10

20

30 40 50

51

100

101

200

10

300

20

30 40 50

51

100

101

200

300

Stroke (mm)

Stroke (mm)

MGPL80, 100

MGPL80, 100 50

50 ø100

ø100 ø80

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø100

ø100

ø80

ø80

ø100 ø80

ø80 ø100

10

10

ø80

5

5 10

20

29 30

49 50 Stroke (mm)

280

100

200

300

10

20

29 30

49 50 Stroke (mm)

100

200

300

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 281

Compact Guide Cylinder

Series MGP

Horizontal Mounting (Ball Bushing) (20) l =100 mm, V = 400 mm/s

(19) l = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s MGPL12 to 25

MGPL12 to 25

5

ø25

ø25

ø25

ø20

ø20

ø20

ø16

ø16

ø16

ø25

ø25

ø20

ø20

ø16

ø16

ø16

ø12

ø12

ø12

ø25 Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

5

1

ø20

1

ø12

ø12

ø12

0.5

0.5 10

20

30 31

50

100 101

200

300

10

20

30 31

Stroke (mm)

50

100 101

200

300

Stroke (mm)

MGPL32 to 63

MGPL32 to 63

50

ø63

ø50, 63

ø50 ø50, 63 10

ø40

ø50

MGG ø40 ø40

ø40 ø32

MGQ

ø50, 63

ø50, 63

ø32

MGP

ø63

10

ø40

ø40

MGJ

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50

ø32

ø32

ø32

ø32

5

MGC MGF

5 10

20

30

40 50 51

100 101

200

300

10

20

30

40 50 51

Stroke (mm)

100 101

200

300

MGZ

Stroke (mm)

MGPL80, 100

MGT

MGPL80, 100

50

50 ø100

ø100

ø100 ø80

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø80

ø80

ø100

ø80

10

ø100 ø80 ø100

10

ø80

D- 5

-X

5 10

20

29 30

49 50 Stroke (mm)

100

200

300

10

20

29 30

49 50

100

200

300

Stroke (mm)

281

Individual -X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 282

Series MGP Operating Range when Used as Stopper Bore Size: ø12 to 25/MGPM12 to 25 (Slide bearing)

m

υ

100 ø25

m

∗ When selecting a model with a longer l dimension, be sure to choose a bore size which is sufficiently large.

Caution Caution on handling Note 1) When using as a stopper, select a model with 30 stroke or less. Note 2) Model MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) cannot be used as a stopper.

Mass of transferred object: m (kg)

υ

l ≅ 50 mm

l ≅ 50 mm

MGPM12 to 25 (Slide bearing)

50 40

ø20

30

ø16

20 ø12 10

5 4 3 2

1

5

20

10

30

40

50

30

40

50

Transfer speed: υ (m/min)

Bore Size: ø32 to 100/MGPM32 to 100 (Slide bearing) MGPM32 to 100 (Slide bearing) 2000

m

∗ When selecting a model with a longer l dimension, be sure to choose a bore size which is sufficiently large.

Caution Caution on handling Note 1) When using as a stopper, select a model with 50 stroke or less. Note 2) Model MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) cannot be used as a stopper.

ø100 1000 Mass of transferred object: m (kg)

m

υ l ≅ 50 mm

l ≅ 50 mm

υ

ø80 ø63

500 400

ø50

300 ø40

200

ø32 100

50 40 30

5

10

20 Transfer speed: υ (m/min)

282

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 283

Series MGP

Compact Guide Cylinder

1. Water Resistant

3. Clean Series

Ideal for use in a machine tool environment exposed to coolants. Applicable for use in an environment with water splashing such as food processing and car wash equipment, etc.

Applicable in a clean room environment.Ideal for use in conveyor lines for semiconductor (LSI), liquid crystal (LCD), food processing, pharmaceutical, and electronic parts, etc.

Specifications

Specifications

Applicable series Bearing type Bore size (mm)

MGPM Slide bearing 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 Rubber bumper Without cushion

Applicable series Bearing type Bore size (mm) Stroke (mm)

12 16 10 to 250

MGPL Ball bushing bearing 20 25 32 40 50 20 to 400 25 to 400

MGPMR MGPMV ∗ Specifications other than above are the same as standard, basic style.

∗ Specifications other than above are the same as standard, basic style.

How to Order

How to Order

Cushion

R

MGPM Bore size

M9A(V)L

Stroke

MGPL Bore size

Stroke

Water resistant 2-color indication solid state switch

Thread type Nil N TF

12

Rc NPT G

Thread type

Water resistant cylinder

Clean room specifications

R V

12 13

NBR seals (Nitrile rubber) FKM seals (Fluororubber)

Relief port type Vacuum port type

Nil N TF

∗ Stainless steel parts are available as made-to-order products. ∗ Piston rod and guide rod are made of stainless steel.

Dimensions

63

M5 x 0.8 Rc NPT G

∗ For bore sizes 12 and 16, M5 x 0.8 is only available.

Dimensions

M5 x 0.8 Relief port (Vacuum port)

MGJ

FB B + Stroke A + Stroke

10 FB B + Stroke A + Stroke

(mm) Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

A Over 50 st to 200 st 97.5 99 114 114 129 129 148 166

50 st or less 66 67.5 109 109 117.5 117.5 121 141

MGP

5

Over 200 st 135 136 152 152 172 172 199 207

B

FB

66 67.5 71.5 78 83 88 102.5 120

19 20 22 22 23 23 24 29

MGQ MGG (mm)

Bore size (mm) 12 16 20 25

30 st or less 56 62 76 82.5

A Over 30 st Over 100 st to 100 st to 200 st 68 78 93 98.5

98 108 117 117.5

Over 200 st 98 108 135 135

B

FB

55 59 66 66.5

18 18 19 19

∗ Other dimensions are the same as standard type.

(mm)

2. Copper and fluorine-free (For CRT manufacturing process) To prevent the influence of copper ions or halogen ions during CRT manufacturing processes, copper and fluorine materials are not used in the component parts.

Specifications Applicable series Bearing type Bore size (mm)

MGPM MGPL Slide bearing Ball bushing bearing 12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

Bore size (mm) 32 40 50 63

50 st or less 93 93 104 104

A Over 50 st Over 100 st to 100 st to 200 st 110 130 110 130 125 145 125 145

Over 200 st 152 152 172 172

B

FB

71.5 78 83 88

22 22 23 23

MGC MGF MGZ MGT

∗ Other dimensions are the same as standard products.

∗ Specifications and dimensions other than above are the same as the standard, basic style.

How to Order

20

MGP M

Stroke

Bore size

D-

Bearing type

Thread type

M L

Nil

Slide bearing Ball bushing bearing

Copper and fluorine-free

N TF

-X

M5 x 0.8 Rc NPT G

Individual -X

∗ For bore sizes 12 and 16, M5 x 0.8 is only available.

283

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 284

Series MGP Construction/Series MGPM MGPM12 to 25 8

26

MGPM32 to 100

19

7

18

17

1

15

26

24

10

2

11

27

4

11

25

14

3

6

9

22

13

16

19

18

7

3

1

17

2

15

10

24

11

27

8

11

13

14

4

6

9

22

25

16

50 stroke or less

23

5

ø12, ø16 50 stroke or less

ø63 or more

ø12, ø16 Over 50 stroke

ø20, ø25 Over 50 stroke

ø50 or more

Component Parts No. Description 1 Body 2 Piston 3

Piston rod

4

Collar

5

Bushing

6

Head cover

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Guide rod Plate Plate mounting bolt Guide bolt Retaining ring Retaining ring Bumper A Bumper B Magnet Plug 16 Hexagon socket head cap plug 17 Slide Bearing

284

Component Parts

Material Aluminum alloy Aluminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel Aluminum bearing alloy Aluminum alloy casted Babbitt Aluminum alloy Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon tool steel Carbon tool steel Urethane Urethane

Note Hard anodized Chromated ø12 to ø25 ø32 to ø100 Hard chrome plated ø12 to ø40 Clear anodized ø50 to ø100 Painted ø50 to ø100 ø12 to ø63 Chromated ø80 to ø100 Painted Hard chrome plated Nickel plated Nickel plated Nickel plated Phosphate coated Phosphate coated

– Carbon steel Babbitt

ø12, ø16 ø20 to ø100

Nickel plated

No. 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 ∗ 25 ∗ 26 ∗ 27 ∗

Description Felt Holder Ball bushing Spacer Steel ball Plug Piston seal Rod seal Gasket A Gasket B

Material Felt Resin

Note

Aluminum alloy Carbon steel Carbon steel NBR NBR NBR NBR

ø12 to ø50 ø63 to ø100

Nickel plated

Replacement Parts: Seal Kit Bore size (mm)

Kit no.

Contents

Bore size (mm)

Kit no.

Contents

12 16 20 25 32

MGP12-PS MGP16-PS MGP20-PS MGP25-PS MGP32-PS

Set of nos. above 24 , 25 , 26 , 27

40 50 63 80 100

MGP40-PS MGP50-PS MGP63-PS MGP80-PS MGP100-PS

Set of nos. above 24 , 25 , 26 , 27

∗ Seal kit includes 24 to 27 . Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. ∗ Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 285

Compact Guide Cylinder

Series MGP

Construction/Series MGPL MGPL12 to 25

MGPL32 to 100 12

12

20

20

30 stroke or less ø63 or more

ø12, ø16 30 stroke or less

MGJ MGP ø12, ø16 Over 30 stroke

MGQ

ø50 or more

MGG MGC

21 ø20, ø25 Over 100 stroke

MGF ø32 to 63 Over 100 stroke

21

MGZ MGT

D- -X Individual -X

285

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 286

Series MGP MGPM, MGPL: ø12 to ø25 4 x YY depth YL

b

a

T-slot dimensions

øXA H7 depth 6

X±0.02

T-slot dimensions b c d 7.4 3.7 2 7.4 3.7 2.5 8.4 4.5 2.8 8.4 4.5 3

a 4.4 4.4 5.4 5.4

12 16 20 25

3

XA H7

d (mm)

Bore size (mm)

XB

X

øXA H7

c e

e 6.2 6.7 7.8 8.2

6 WB

Detailed figure of section XX

Z

Section XX WA 3

Bottom view ø12, ø16 4 x NN through Z

Section XX

4 x MM depth ML

4 x øOA through 4 x øOB counterbore depth OL

WA

L

Section XX

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt VB VA H

X ±0.02

PW

X U

øDA øDB

X±0.02

T R

(OL)

GA

øXA H7 depth 6

PA + Stroke FA FB C + Stroke B + Stroke A + Stroke

Q S



Bore size PA PB PW (mm) 12 16 20 25

13 8 15 10 12.5 10.5 12.5 13.5

18 19 25 30

DA FA FB

6 29 8 33 10 37 37.5 12



H

HA

J

K

L

MM

ML

NN

11 11 10.5 11.5

7.5 8 8.5 9

58 64 83 93

M4 M4 M5 M5

13 15 18 21

13 15 18 21

18 22 24 30

M4 x 0.7 M5 x 0.8 M5 x 0.8 M6 x 1.0

10 12 13 15

M4 x 0.7 M5 x 0.8 M5 x 0.8 M6 x 1.0

26 30 36 42

Q

R

S

T

U

VA VB

14 16 18 26

48 54 70 78

22 25 30 38

56 62 81 91

41 46 54 64

50 56 72 82

WA 30 st or less

37 38 44 50

20 24 24 24

40 44 44 44

12 16 20 25

286

42 46 53 53.5

A Over 50 st Over 100 st to 100 st to 200 st

60.5 64.5 84.5 85

85 95 84.5 85

Over 200 st

85 95 122 122

DB 8 10 12 16

0 0 0 0

Over 50 st Over 100 st to 100 st to 200 st

18.5 18.5 31.5 31.5

43 49 31.5 31.5

4.3 4.3 5.4 5.4

8 8 9.5 9.5

4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5

Over 300 st 30 st or less

— — 300 300

15 17 29 29

Over 30 st Over 100 st Over 200 st to 100 st to 200 st to 300 st

25 27 39 39

60 60 77 77

105 105 117 117

X

Over 300 st

— — 167 167

23 24 28 34

P Nil N — M5 x 0.8 — M5 x 0.8 Rc 1/8 NPT 1/8 Rc 1/8 NPT 1/8 XA XB 3 3 3 4

3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5

TF — — G 1/8 G 1/8

YY

YL

Z

M5 x 0.8 M5 x 0.8 M6 x 1.0 M6 x 1.0

10 10 12 12

5 5 17 17

110 110 120 120

200 200 200 200

(mm)

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions (mm)

E 50 st or less

OA OB OL

WB

Over 30 st Over 100 st Over 200 st to 100 st to 200 st to 300 st

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions Bore size (mm) 50 st or less

For bore sizes with ø12 and ø16 only, M5 x 0.8 is available. Rc, NPT, G port can be selected for bore sizes with ø20 or more. (Refer to page 272.) (mm)

GA GB

5 5 6 6

K G

G

8 8 10 10

J

E

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions C

PB

2xP (Plug)

For intermediate strokes other than standard strokes, refer to “Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke” on page 273.

Bore size Standard stroke B (mm) (mm) 12 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 42 125, 150, 175, 200, 250 46 16 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 53 20 125, 150, 175, 200 25 53.5 250, 300, 350, 400

øXAH7 depth 6

2xP

GB

Over 200 st

43 49 69 68.5

Bore size (mm) 30 st or less 12 43 16 49 20 63 25 69.5

A Over 30 st Over 100 st to 100 st to 200 st

55 65 80 85.5

85 95 104 104.5

Over 200 st

85 95 122 122

DB 6 8 10 13

E 30 st or less

1 3 10 16

Over 30 st Over 100 st to 100 st to 200 st

13 19 27 32

43 49 51 51

Over 200 st

43 49 69 68.5

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 287

Series MGP

Compact Guide Cylinder

MGPM, MGPL: ø32 to ø63 4 x YY depth YL øXA H7 depth XL

a

b

T-slot dimensions

d

X ±0.02

e

XB

X

øXA H7

c

(mm) Bore size (mm)

XC

XA H7

WB

Detailed figure of XX section

Z

a 6.5 6.5 8.5 11

32 40 50 63

XL Section XX WA

T-slot dimensions b c d 10.5 5.5 3.5 10.5 5.5 4 13.5 7.5 4.5 17.8 10 7

e 9.5 11 13.5 18.5

Bottom view 4 x øOA through

4 x NN through Section XX

Z

WA

4 x MM depth ML L

4 x øOB counterbore depth OL

Section XX

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt VB VA H

X ±0.02

PW

X U

øDA

X ±0.02

T

R

(OL)

MGJ MGP

øDB

MGQ

øXA H7 depth

MGG

6

GA

øXA H7 depth

2xP

GB

2xP (Plug)

PA + Stroke

Q

J

C + Stroke

FA FB

S

XL

PB K

MGF

G

B + Stroke

E

MGZ

A + Stroke



MGT

For intermediate strokes other than standard strokes, refer to “Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke” on page 273.

Choice of Rc, NPT, G port is possible. (Refer to page 272.)



MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions Bore size Standard stroke (mm) (mm) 32 25, 50, 75 40 100, 125, 150 175, 200, 250 50 300, 350, 400 63

B

C

59.5 66 72 77

Bore size PA PB PW (mm)

Q

32 40 50 63

7 15 35.5 13 18 39.5 9 21.5 47 14 28 58

(mm)

DA FA FB

G

GA GB

H

HA

J

K

L

MM

ML

NN

37.5 44 44 49

16 16 20 20

12 12 16 16

10 10 12 12

48 54 64 78

12.5 9 14 10 14 11 16.5 13.5

112 120 148 162

M6 M6 M8 M10

24 27 32 39

24 27 32 39

34 40 46 58

M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

20 20 22 22

M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

R

S

T

U

VA VB

30 96 44 110 78 98 63 30 104 44 118 86 106 72 40 130 60 146 110 130 92 50 130 70 158 124 142 110

WA 25 st or less

48 48 48 52

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions

(mm)

A Over 50 st to 200 st

Over 200 st

102 102 118 118

140 140 161 161

DB 20 20 25 25

E 50 st or less

Over 50 st to 200 st

Over 200 st

37.5 31 34.5 29.5

42.5 36 46 41

80.5 74 89 84

124 124 124 128

OA OB OL

WB

Over 25 st Over 100 st Over 200 st to 100 st to 200 st to 300 st

24 24 24 28

Bore size (mm) 50 st or less 32 97 40 97 50 106.5 63 106.5

MGC

200 200 200 200

Over 300 st 25 st or less

300 300 300 300

33 34 36 38

Over 25 st Over 100 st Over 200 st to 100 st to 200 st to 300 st

45 46 48 50

83 84 86 88

121 122 124 124

Over 300 st

171 172 174 174

6.6 6.6 8.6 8.6 X 42 50 66 80

11 11 14 14

7.5 7.5 9 9

Nil Rc 1/8 Rc 1/8 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4

P N NPT 1/8 NPT 1/8 NPT 1/4 NPT1/4 YY

YL

Z

M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

16 16 20 20

21 22 24 24

XA XB XC XL 4 4 5 5

4.5 4.5 6 6

3 3 4 4

6 6 8 8

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions Bore size (mm) 50 st or less 32 81 40 81 50 93 63 93

A Over50 st to 100 st

Over 100 st to 200 st

Over 200 st

98 98 114 114

118 118 134 134

140 140 161 161

DB 16 16 20 20

TF G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4

D-

(mm)

-X

E 50 st or less

Over 50 st to 100 st

Over 100 st to 200 st

Over 200 st

21.5 15 21 16

38.5 32 42 37

58.5 52 62 57

80.5 74 89 84

287

Individual -X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 288

Series MGP MGPM, MGPL: ø80, ø100 4 x YY depth YL ø6 H7 depth 10

a

b

T-slot dimensions

7

ø6 H7

X

X±0.02

c d e

(mm) Bore size (mm)

5

6 H7

10

a 13.3 15.3

80 100

Section XX

Detailed figure of section XX

T-slot dimensions d c b 8 20.3 12 10 23.3 13.5

e 22.5 30

WB Z

WA

Bottom view

4 x NN through Section XX

Z

4 x øOA through 4 x øOB counterbore depth 8

WA

4 x MM depth ML L

Section XX

H

VA

VB

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

X ±0.02

øDB

PW

X U

øDA

X ±0.02

T

R

(8)

GC

ø6 H7 depth 10

ø6 H7 depth 10

2xP GB

GA PA + Stroke Q S

10 JA J

JB

C + Stroke

FA FB

PB

2xP (Plug)

E

B + Stroke A + Stroke



K G

For intermediate strokes other than standard strokes, refer to “Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke” on page 273.

Choice of Rc, NPT, G port is possible. (Refer to page 272.)



MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions Bore size Standard stroke (mm) (mm) 80 100

Bore size PA PB PW (mm) 80 100

B

C

25, 50, 75, 100 96.5 56.5 125, 150, 175, 200 250, 300, 350, 400 116 66

14.5 25.5 74 17.5 32.5 89

Q

DA FA FB

G

GA GB GC

288

H

HA

J

JA

JB

K

L 54 62

25 30

22 25

18 91.5 19 15.5 14.5 202 M12 45.5 38 7.5 46 25 111.5 23 19 18 240 M14 55.5 45 10.5 56

S

T

U

R

VA VB

52 174 75 198 156 180 140 64 210 90 236 188 210 166

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions Bore size (mm) 50 st or less 80 115 100 137

(mm)

A Over 50 st to 200 st

Over 200 st

142 162

193 203

DB 30 36

P MM ML NN OA OB Nil N TF M12 x 1.75 25 M12 x 1.75 10.6 17.5 Rc 3/8 NPT 3/8 G 3/8 M14 x 2.0 31 M14 x 2.0 12.5 20 Rc 3/8 NPT 3/8 G 3/8

WA

WB

25 st or less

Over 25 st to 100 st

Over 100 st to 200 st

Over 200 st to 300 st

28 48

52 72

128 148

200 220

(mm)

E 50 st or less

Over 50 st to 200 st

Over 200 st

18.5 21

45.5 46

96.5 87

Over 300 st 25 st or less

300 320

Over 25 st to 100 st

Over 100 st to 200 st

Over 200 st to 300 st

Over 300 st

54 47

92 85

128 121

178 171

42 35

X

YY

100 M12 x 1.75 124 M14 x 2.0

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions Bore size (mm) 25 st or less 80 109.5 100 121

A Over 25 st to 50 st

Over 50 st to 200 st

Over 200 st

130 147

160 180

193 203

DB 25 30

YL

Z

24 28

28 11 (mm)

E 25 st or less

Over 25 st to 50 st

Over 50 st to 200 st

Over 200 st

13 5

33.5 31

63.5 64

96.5 87

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 289

Compact Guide Cylinder/With Air Cushion Series MGP

ø16, ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100

MGJ MGP MGQ MGG MGC MGF MGZ MGT

Stroke Variations Bearing type

MGPM Slide bearing

MGPL Ball bushing bearing

Bore size (mm)

16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Stroke (mm)

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

Intermediate stroke

200

250

300

350

400







D- Strokes available by the 1 mm interval by changing the collar.

-X Individual -X

289

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 290

Compact Guide Cylinder/With Air Cushion

Series MGP

ø16, ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100

How to Order

MGP M 32

Compact Guide Cylinder

50 A M9BW Made to Order Specification For details, refer to page 291.

Compact Guide Cylinder

Number of auto switches

Bearing type M L

Slide bearing Ball bushing bearing

Nil

S n

Bore size 16 20 25 32 40

Auto switch

50 50 mm 63 63 mm 80 80 mm 100 100 mm

16 mm 20 mm 25 mm 32 mm 40 mm

Nil

N TF

Without auto switch (Built-in magnet)

∗ For the applicable auto switch model, refer to the table below.

With air cushion

Thread type Nil

2 pcs. 1 pc. n pcs.

M5 x 0.8 Rc NPT G

Cylinder stroke (mm) Refer to “Standard Stroke” on page 291.

∗ For bore sizes 16, M5 x 0.8 is only available.

Solid state switch

Type

Special function

— Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Water resistant (2-color indication)

Reed switch

Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

—

Electrical entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches.

3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) Grommet Yes 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire 2-wire (Non-polar) 3-wire Yes (NPN equivalent) Grommet 2-wire No

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·········· 1 m·········· 3 m·········· 5 m··········

Nil M L Z

Auto switch model

Load voltage

Wiring (Output)

DC

AC

Perpendicular

In-line

—

M9NV M9PV M9BV M9NWV M9PWV M9BWV M9NAV M9PAV M9BAV —

M9N M9P M9B M9NW M9PW M9BW M9NA M9PA M9BA P4DW

5V,12V 12V 5V,12V 24V

12V 5V,12V 12V

— — 24V

(Example) M9NW (Example) M9NWM (Example) M9NWL (Example) M9NWZ

Pre-wired

—

—





Applicable load IC circuit — IC circuit — IC circuit

Relay, PLC

—

IC — circuit 100V — — — — A93 Relay, A93V 12V 100V or less A90V — — — IC circuit PLC A90 ∗ Solid state auto switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order. ∗ D-P4DW type can be mounted on bore sizes ø32 to ø100. 5V

—

A96V

∗ Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 336 for details. ∗ For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785. ∗ Auto switches are shipped together (not assembled).

290

Lead wire length (m)

0.5 1 3 5 connector (Nil) (M) (L) (Z)

A96



— —

—

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 291

Compact Guide Cylinder With Air Cushion

Series MGP

Specifications ø16

Bore size

ø20

ø25

Action

ø32

ø40

ø50

ø63

ø80 ø100

Double acting

Fluid

Air 1.5 MPa

Proof pressure

1.0 MPa

Maximum operating pressure Minimum operating pressure Ambient and fluid temperature

0.15 MPa

0.12 MPa –10 to 60°C (No freezing)

Piston speed Cushion

50 to 500 mm/s 50 to 400 mm/s Air cushion on both ends (Without bumper)

Lubrication

Not required (Non-lube) +1.5 0

Stroke length tolerance

(mm)

Standard Stroke Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm) 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400

16 20 to 63 80, 100

Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke Made to Order Specifications (For details, refer to pages 1829 to 2021.) Symbol

Specifications

—XC19 Intermediate stroke (Spacer type) —XC79 Machining tapped hole, drilled hole and pin hole additionally. —X144 Symmetrical port position

Description Part no. Applicable stroke (mm)

—X867 Lateral piping type (Change of plug position)







Suffix “-XC19” to the end of standard part number. ø16

MGJ

15 to 249

ø20 to ø63

15 to 399

ø80, ø100

20 to 399

MGP

Model: MGPM20-35A-XC19 A collar 15 mm in width is installed in a MGPM20-50A C dimension is 112 mm.

Example



Intermediate strokes by the 1 mm interval are available by replacing collars of a standard stroke cylinder. Minimum manufacturable stroke ø16 to ø63: 15 mm ø80, ø100: 20 mm Select a rubber bumper type, because the cushion effect is not obtainable for less than this stroke.

Refer to pages 334 to 336 for cylinders with auto switches.

Note) Intermediate stroke (by the 1 mm interval) based on an exclusive body will be available upon request for special.

Minimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and mounting height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no.

Theoretical Output IN(N)

(N)

16

8

20

10

25 32 40 50 63

12 16 16 20 20

80

25

100

30

MGG MGC

OUT(N)

Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area (mm) (mm) direction (mm2)

MGQ

Operating pressure (MPa) 0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

OUT

201

40

60

80

101

121

141

161

181

201

IN

151

30

45

60

76

91

106

121

136

151

OUT

314

63

94

126

157

188

220

251

283

314

IN

236

47

71

94

118

142

165

189

212

236

OUT

491

98

147

196

246

295

344

393

442

491

IN

378

76

113

151

189

227

265

302

340

378

OUT

804

161

241

322

402

482

563

643

724

804

IN

603

121

181

241

302

362

422

482

543

603

OUT

1257

251

377

503

629

754

880 1006 1131 1257

634

739

845

MGF MGZ MGT

950 1056

IN

1056

211

317

422

528

OUT

1963

393

589

785

982 1178

1374 1570 1767 1963

660

825

IN

1649

330

495

990

1154 1319 1484 1649

OUT

3117

623

935 1247 1559 1870

2182 2494 2805 3117

IN

2803

561

841 1121 1402 1682

1962 2242 2523 2803

OUT

5027

1005 1508 2011 2514 3016

3519 4022 4524 5027

IN

4536

907 1361 1814 2268 2722

3175 3629 4082 4536

OUT

7854

1571 2356 3142 3927 4712

5498 6283 7069 7854

IN

7147

1429 2144 2859 3574 4288

5003 5718 6432 7147

D- -X Individual -X

Note) Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm2)

291

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 292

Series MGP Mass Slide bearing: MGPM16 to 100

(kg) Standard stroke (mm)

Bore size (mm)

Model

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

300

350

16

MGPM16

0.51

0.69

0.78

0.91

1.07

1.20

1.32

1.45

1.70

—

—

—

20

MGPM20

0.89

1.14

1.34

1.54

1.74

1.94

2.13

2.33

2.80

3.20

3.59

3.99

25

MGPM25

1.23

1.60

1.87

2.14

2.41

2.68

2.95

3.23

3.89

4.43

4.97

5.51

32

MGPM32

1.98

2.51

2.77

3.15

3.53

3.91

4.29

4.68

5.63

6.39

7.15

7.92

40

MGPM40

2.34

2.91

3.21

3.64

4.06

4.49

4.92

5.34

6.38

7.23

8.09

8.94

50

MGPM50

3.92

4.75

5.29

5.93

6.57

7.21

7.85

8.49

10.1

11.4

12.7

13.9

63

MGPM63

4.94

5.89

6.54

7.29

8.05

8.81

9.56

10.3

12.2

13.7

15.2

16.7

80

MGPM80

9.64

10.6

11.5

12.5

13.4

14.3

16.8

18.7

20.5

22.4

MGPM100

— —

8.98

100

14.2

15.1

16.5

17.8

19.1

20.5

21.8

25.1

27.8

30.4

33.1

Ball bushing bearing: MGPL16 to 100 Bore size (mm)

Model

16

400

(kg) Standard stroke (mm)

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

300

350

MGPL16

0.56

0.66

0.78

0.89

1.03

1.15

1.26

1.38

1.61

—

—

400 —

20

MGPL20

0.97

1.12

1.30

1.47

1.68

1.85

2.03

2.20

2.57

2.92

3.27

3.62

25

MGPL25

1.34

1.54

1.78

1.96

2.19

2.46

2.69

2.92

3.33

3.83

4.30

4.76

32

MGPL32

1.81

2.34

2.57

2.88

3.26

3.58

3.89

4.21

4.91

5.54

6.17

6.80

40

MGPL40

2.15

2.73

3.01

3.36

3.78

4.14

4.50

4.86

5.65

6.37

7.08

7.80

50

MGPL50

3.65

4.47

4.95

5.49

6.14

6.69

7.24

7.79

9.02

10.1

11.2

12.3

63

MGPL63

4.66

5.60

6.20

6.85

7.61

8.28

8.95

9.61

11.1

12.4

13.7

15.1

80

MGPL80

—

8.88

9.63

10.5

11.3

12.1

12.9

13.7

15.6

17.3

18.9

20.5

100

MGPL100

—

13.7

14.9

16.1

17.2

18.4

19.6

20.8

23.4

25.7

28.1

30.4

Non-rotating Accuracy of Plate

Allowable Rotational Torque of Plate (Air Cushion) Torque: T (N·m)

+θ —θ

T (N · m) Bore size Bearing type (mm) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

292

Stroke

For non-rotating accuracy θ without load, use a value no more than the values in the table as a guide. Bore size Non-rotating accuracy θ (mm) MGPM MGPL

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

300

350

400

MGPM

0.53

0.84

0.69

0.58

0.50

0.44

0.40

0.36

0.30

—

—

—

MGPL

1.27

0.86

0.65

0.52

0.43

0.37

0.32

0.28

0.23

—

—

—

16

MGPM

0.99

2.23

1.88

1.63

1.44

1.28

1.16

1.06

0.90

0.78

0.69

0.62

20

MGPL

2.66

1.94

1.52

1.57

1.34

1.17

1.03

0.93

0.76

0.65

0.56

0.49

25

MGPM

1.64

3.51

2.96

2.57

2.26

2.02

1.83

1.67

1.42

1.24

1.09

0.98

32

MGPL

4.08

3.02

2.38

2.41

2.05

1.78

1.58

1.41

1.16

0.98

0.85

0.74

40

MGPM

6.35

6.64

5.69

4.97

4.42

3.98

3.61

3.31

2.84

2.48

2.20

1.98

50

MGPL

5.95

5.89

5.11

6.99

6.34

5.79

5.33

4.93

4.29

3.78

3.38

3.04

63

MGPM

7.00

7.32

6.27

5.48

4.87

4.38

3.98

3.65

3.13

2.74

2.43

2.19

80

MGPL

6.55

6.49

5.62

7.70

6.98

6.38

5.87

5.43

4.72

4.16

3.71

3.35

100

MGPM

13.0

13.8

12.0

10.6

9.50

8.60

7.86

7.24

6.24

5.49

4.90

4.43

MGPL

9.17

11.2

9.80

12.8

11.6

10.7

9.80

9.10

7.95

7.02

6.26

5.63

MGPM

14.7

15.6

13.5

11.9

10.7

9.69

8.86

8.16

7.04

6.19

5.52

4.99

MGPL

10.2

12.5

11.0

14.3

13.0

11.9

11.0

10.2

8.84

7.80

6.64

6.24

MGPM

—

26.0

22.9

20.5

18.6

17.0

15.6

14.5

12.6

11.2

10.0

9.11

MGPL

—

25.2

22.7

20.6

18.9

17.3

16.0

14.8

12.9

11.3

10.0

8.94

MGPM

— —

41.9

37.5

33.8

30.9

28.4

26.2

24.4

21.4

19.1

17.2

15.7

41.7

37.9

34.6

31.8

29.3

27.2

25.3

22.1

19.5

17.3

15.5

MGPL

±0.08°

±0.10°

±0.07°

±0.09°

±0.06°

±0.08°

±0.05°

±0.06°

±0.04°

±0.05°

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 293

Compact Guide Cylinder/With Air Cushion Series MGP

Model Selection Selection Conditions Vertical

Horizontal

l

l l l m

m

Mounting orientation m

m

Maximum speed (mm/s)

200 or less

400

200 or less

400

Graph (Slide bearing type)

(1), (2) (5) to (9)

(3), (4) (10) to (14)

(15), (16) (19), (20)

(17), (18) (21), (22)

Graph (Ball bushing bearing type)

Selection Example 1 (Vertical Mounting)

Selection Example 2 (Horizontal Mounting)

Selection conditions Mounting: Vertical Bearing type: Ball bushing Stroke: 75 stroke Maximum speed: 200 mm/s Load mass: 7 kg Eccentric distance: 70 mm Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 7 kg and the eccentric distance of 70 mm on graph (5), based on vertical mounting, ball bushing, 75 mm stroke, and the speed of 200 mm/s. MGPL25-75A is selected.

Selection conditions Mounting: Horizontal Bearing type: Slide bearing Distance between plate and load center of gravity: 40 mm Maximum speed: 400 mm/s Load mass: 8 kg Stroke: 100 stroke Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 8 kg and 100 stroke on graph (17), based on horizontal mounting, slide bearing, the distance of 40 mm between the plate and load center of gravity, and the speed of 400 mm/s. MGPM32-100A is selected.

(5) 75 Stroke or Less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(17) l = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s

20

ø25

10

5

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

10

ø20

ø16

MGF

ø40 ø32

MGZ

ø25

MGT

5 ø25 ø20

ø20 ø16

ø16 1

1

D-

0.1 10

MGQ

MGC

ø50,63 ø40 ø32

MGP

MGG

ø100 ø80 ø50,63

50

MGJ

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

200

10

20 25 26

50

100

200

-X

Stroke (mm)

. When the maximum speed exceeds 200 mm/s, the allowable load mass is determined by multiplying the value shown in the graph at 400 mm/s by the coefficient listed in the table below. Maximum Up to 300 mm/s Up to 400 mm/s Up to 500 mm/s Coefficient 1.7 1 0.6

293

Individual -X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 294

Series MGP Operating pressure 0.4 MPa Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Mounting (Slide Bearing) MGPM16 to 100

(1) 25 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

(2) Over 25 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

300 200

100

300 ø100

200

ø80

ø100 ø80

100

ø63

ø63 50

ø50 ø40 ø32

10

ø50

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50

ø40 ø32

ø25

10

ø25

ø20

ø20 5

5 ø16

ø16

1

1

0.5

0.5 10

50

100

10

200

50

(3) 25 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

(4) Over 25 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

300

300 ø100

200

ø100

200

ø80

ø80

100

100 ø63

50

ø63 50

ø50

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

Eccentric distance l (mm)

ø40

ø32 10

ø50 ø40

ø32

10

ø25

ø25

5

5 ø20

ø20

ø16

ø16

1

1

0.5

0.5 10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

294

100

200

10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

200

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 295

Compact Guide Cylinder With Air Cushion

Series MGP

Operating pressure 0.4 MPa Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Mounting (Ball Bushing) MGPL16 to 25

(5) 75 Stroke or Less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(6) Over 75 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less 20

10

ø25

5

ø20

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

20

ø16

1

10

ø25

5

ø20 ø16

1 10

50

100

200

10

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

Eccentric distance l (mm)

MGPL32 to 63

(7) 25 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

(8) Over 25 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

100

100 ø63

ø63 50

50 Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø50

ø40 ø32

ø50

MGJ

ø40

MGP

ø32

MGQ MGG

10

10

MGC 5 10

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

5 10

50

100

MGF

200

MGZ

Eccentric distance l (mm)

MGT

MGPL80, 100

(7) V = 200 mm/s or less

Load mass m (kg)

200

ø100 ø80

100

50

D- -X

10 10

50

100

200

Individual -X

Eccentric distance l (mm)

295

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 296

Series MGP Vertical Mounting (Ball Bushing)

Operating pressure 0.4 MPa

MGPL16 to 25

(10) 75 Stroke or Less, V = 400 mm/s

(11) Over 75 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

Load mass m (kg)

5

Load mass m (kg)

5

ø25

ø25

ø20 ø20 ø16 1

ø16

1 10

50

100

200

10

50

Eccentric distance l (mm)

100

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

MGPL32 to 63

(13) Over 25 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

(12) 25 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

50

50 ø63

ø63

10

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø50 ø40

5

ø32

10

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

ø40

5 ø32

(14) V = 400 mm/s 200

ø100

100

ø80

50

10 10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

MGPL80, 100

Load mass m (kg)

10

1

1

296

ø50

200

200

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 297

Compact Guide Cylinder With Air Cushion

Series MGP

Horizontal Mounting (Slide Bearing) MGPM16 to 100

(15) l = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

(16) l = 100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

ø100

50

ø50,63

50

ø80

ø100

ø50,63

ø80 ø50,63

ø32,40 ø50,63

ø32,40 ø25

10

ø32,40

ø32,40

10

ø25 ø20

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø20 5 ø25 ø16

ø20

ø16 1

5

ø20 ø16

1

0.1

ø16

ø25

MGJ

0.1 10

20

25

26

50

100

200

10

20

Stroke (mm)

MGG

ø50,63

ø80

ø40

ø50,63

ø32,40

10

Load mass m (kg)

5 ø20 ø16

ø16 1

MGC MGF

ø40

ø25 Load mass m (kg)

MGQ ø100

10

ø20

200

50

ø32

ø25

100

MGP

ø80

ø50,63

ø40 ø32

50

(18) l = 100 mm, V = 400 mm/s

ø100

ø50,63

26

Stroke (mm)

(17) l = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s 50

25

ø32

MGZ

ø25

MGT

5 ø20 ø16

ø25 ø20

1

ø16

D- 0.1

-X

0.1 10

20 25

26

Stroke (mm)

50

100

200

10

20

25 26

50

100

200

Stroke (mm)

297

Individual -X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 298

Series MGP Horizontal Mounting (Ball Bushing) (19) l = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

(20) l = 100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

MGPL16 to 25 10

MGPL16 to 25 10

ø25 ø25

ø20

ø25 ø20

ø25

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

5 ø16

5

ø20 ø20

ø16

ø16

ø16

1

1 20

50

75 76 100

200

20

50

Stroke (mm)

75 76 100

200

Stroke (mm)

MGPL32 to 63

MGPL32 to 63

30

30

ø50,63

20

ø50,63 Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

20

ø32,40 ø50,63

ø32,40

ø32,40

10

ø50,63 ø50,63

ø32,40 10 ø50,63

ø32,40

ø32,40

5

5 20 25 26

50

75 76 100

200

20 25 26

Stroke (mm)

200

100

200

MGPL80, 100

50

50

40

ø100

40

30

ø80

30 Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

75 76 100

Stroke (mm)

MGPL80, 100

20

10

ø100

ø80 20

10

5

5 20

50 Stroke (mm)

298

50

100

200

20

50 Stroke (mm)

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 299

Compact Guide Cylinder With Air Cushion

Series MGP

Horizontal Mounting (Ball Bushing) (21) l = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s

(22) l = 100 mm, V = 400 mm/s

MGPL16 to 25

MGPL16 to 25

10

10

ø25

ø25

5 ø20

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø25

ø20

ø16

ø25

5 ø20

ø20

ø16

ø16 ø16 1

1 20

50

75 76 100

200

20

50

Stroke (mm)

200

Stroke (mm)

MGPL32 to 63

MGPL32 to 63

30

30

20

ø50,63

ø50,63

Load mass m (kg)

20 Load mass m (kg)

75 76 100

ø50,63 ø32,40

ø32,40

ø32,40

10

MGJ ø50,63

MGP

ø50,63 ø32,40 10 ø50,63

MGQ

ø32,40

MGG ø32,40

MGC 5

MGF

5 20 25 26

50

75 76 100

200

20 25 26

Stroke (mm)

75 76 100

200

MGZ

Stroke (mm)

MGPL80, 100

MGT

MGPL80, 100

50

50

40

40

ø100

30

ø100

30

ø80 Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50

20

10

ø80 20

10

D- 5

-X

5 20

50 Stroke (mm)

100

200

20

50

100

200

Stroke (mm)

299

Individual -X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 300

Series MGP Operating Range when Used as Stopper Bore size ø16 to 25/MGPM16 to 25 (Slide bearing)

υ m

υ

100 ø25

m

∗ When selecting a model with a longer l dimension, be sure to choose a bore size which is sufficiently large.

Caution Caution on handling

Mass of transferred object: m (kg)

l ≅ 50 mm

l ≅ 50 mm

MGPM16 to 25 (Slide bearing)

Note 1) When using as a stopper, select a model with 25 stroke or less. Note 2) Model MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) cannot be used as a stopper.

50 40

ø20

30

ø16

20

10

5 4 3 2

1

5

20

10

30

40

50

30

40

50

Transfer speed: υ (m/min)

Bore Size ø32 to 100/MGPM32 to 100 (Slide bearing) MGPM32 to 100 (Slide bearing) 2000

m

∗ When selecting a model with a longer l dimension, be sure to choose a bore size which is sufficiently large.

Caution Caution on handling Note 1) When using as a stopper, select a model with 50 stroke or less. Note 2) Model MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) cannot be used as a stopper.

ø100 1000 Mass of transferred object: m (kg)

m

υ l ≅ 50 mm

l ≅ 50 mm

υ

ø80 ø63

500 400

ø50

300 ø40

200

ø32 100

50 40 30

5

10

20 Transfer speed: υ (m/min)

300

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 301

Compact Guide Cylinder With Air Cushion

Series MGP

Copper and Fluorine-free Series (For CRT Manufacturing Process) To prevent the influence of copper ions or halogen ions during CRT manufacturing processes, copper and fluorine materials are not used in the component parts.

How to Order

Specifications Applicable series Bearing type Bore size (mm)

MGPM Slide bearing

MGPL Ball bushing bearing

20

MGP M Bore size

Stroke

A

With air cushion

16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

Thread type

∗ Specifications and dimensions other than above are the same as the standard basic style.

Nil N TF

M5 x 0.8 Rc NPT G

∗ For bore size 16, M5 x 0.8 is only available.

Bearing type M L

Slide bearing Ball bushing bearing

Copper and fluorine-free

MGJ MGP MGQ MGG MGC MGF MGZ MGT

D- -X Individual -X

301

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 302

Series MGP Series MGPM/Construction (With air cushion) MGPM16 to 25 10

MGPM32 to 100 13

10

11

28

29

28

4

30

11

31

27

11

8

11

3

6

27

2

9

2 9

6

8

29 17 16

15

7

26

20 1

28

24

28

17 18

3

15

13 7

1

26

20

4 24

14

14

25 stroke

22

21

30

23

23 21 22

Cushion valve section Cushion valve section ø16: 25 stroke

5

25

ø16: 50 stroke or more ø63 or more

ø20, ø25: 50 stroke or more ø50 or more

Component Parts

Component Parts No. Description 1 Body 2 Piston 3

Piston rod

4

Collar

5

Bushing

6

Head cover

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Guide rod Plate Plate mounting bolt Guide bolt Retaining ring Retaining ring Magnet Plug Hexagon socket head cap plug Slide Bearing Felt Holder Ball bushing Spacer

14 15 16 17 18 19

302

Material Aluminum alloy Aluminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel Aluminum alloy

Note Hard anodized Chromated ø16 to ø25 ø32 to ø100 Hard chrome plated ø16 to ø63 Clear anodized Painted ø80, ø100

Babbitt Aluminum alloy Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon tool steel Carbon tool steel

ø16 to ø25 Clear anodized ø32 to ø100 Painted Hard chrome plated Nickel plated Nickel plated Nickel plated Phosphate coated Phosphate coated

— Carbon steel Babbitt Felt Resin Aluminum alloy

ø16 ø20 to ø100

Nickel plated

No. 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 ∗ 27 ∗ 28 ∗ 29 ∗ 30 ∗ 31 ∗

Description Wear ring Cushion valve Gasket Retaining ring Steel ball Plug Piston seal Rod seal Cushion seal Gasket A Gasket B Gasket C

Material Resin Steel NBR Carbon tool steel Carbon steel Carbon steel NBR NBR Urethane NBR NBR NBR

Note

Except ø16 ø16 to ø50 ø63 to ø100 Nickel plated

Replacement Parts: Seal Kit Bore size (mm)

16 20 25 32 40

Kit no.

Contents

Bore size (mm)

Kit no.

Contents

50 MGP16-A-PS MGP50-A-PS Set of nos. above 63 MGP20-A-PS Set of nos. MGP63-A-PS above 26 , 27 , 28 , 80 MGP25-A-PS 26 , 27 , 28 , MGP80-A-PS 29 , 30 , 31 100 MGP32-A-PS 29 , 30 , 31 MGP100-A-PS MGP40-A-PS * Seal kit includes 26 to 31. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. * Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 303

Compact Guide Cylinder With Air Cushion

Series MGP

Series MGPL/Construction (With Air Cushion) MGPL16 to 25

MGPL32 to 100 12

12

18

18

ø63 or more

ø20,ø25: 75 stroke or less

MGJ MGP 19

MGQ

ø50 or more

ø20,ø25: 100 stroke or more

MGG MGC MGF ø32 to ø63: 100 stroke or more

19

MGZ MGT

D- -X Individual -X

303

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 304

Series MGP MGPM, MGPL (With Air Cushion): ø16 to ø25 T-slot dimensions

4 x YY depth YL

a c d e

X ±0.02

X

øXAH7

b

øXAH7 depth 6

(mm)

XB

Bore size (mm)

a 4.4 5.4 5.4

16 20 25

3

XAH7

6 WB

Detailed figure of section XX

T-slot dimensions d c b 2.5 3.7 7.4 2.8 4.5 8.4 4.5 3 8.4

e 6.7 7.8 8.2

Section XX WA

Z

3

Bottom view

ø16 2 x cushion valve (Width across flats CV) 4 x NN through Section XX

4 x øOA through 4 x øOB counterbore depth OL

WA

Z

4 x MM depth ML L

Section XX

VB VA H

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

X ±0.02

øDB

PW

X U

øDA

X ±0.02

T R

(OL)

øXAH7 depth 6

2xP

GA Q S

FA FB

2xP (Plug)

GB

PA + Stroke C + Stroke B + Stroke

øXAH7 depth 6

PB J

K G

E

A + Stroke



Note 1) For the intermediate strokes, refer to “Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke” on page 291. Note 2) When adjusting the ø16 cushion valve, use a 3 mm flat head watchmakers’ screwdriver.



For bore size wlth ø 16, M5 x 0.8 is only available. Rc, NPT, G port can be selected for bore sizes with ø20 or more. (Refer to page 290.)

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions Bore size (mm) 16 20 25

Standard stroke (mm)

C

CV DA FA FB

— 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250 71 58 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175 78 62 1.5 200, 250, 300, 350, 400 78.5 62.5 1.5

Bore size PA PB PW (mm) 16 20 25

B

40 10 19 37.5 10.5 25 37.5 13.5 30

(mm)

8 10 12

8 10 10

5 6 6

GA GB

H

HA

J

K

L

30 11 8 36 10.5 8.5 42 11.5 9

G

64 83 93

M4 M5 M5

15 18 21

15 18 21

22 24 30

WA WB X 75 st or less 100 to 175 st 200, 250 st 300 st or more 75 st or less 100 to 175 st 200, 250 st 300 st or more 38 24 110 200 — 27 60 105 — 44 44 300 167 28 120 200 39 77 117 44 50 300 167 34 120 200 39 77 117 44

Q

R

S

T

U

VA VB

16 18 26

54 70 78

25 30 38

62 81 91

46 54 64

56 72 82

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions Bore size (mm) 25 st 16 71 20 78 25 78.5

304

A 50 st 75,100 st 125 to 200 st 250 st or more

89.5 86.5 87

71 84.5 85

95 84.5 85

95 122 122

DB 10 12 16

(mm)

E 25 st

0 0 0

P MM ML NN OA OB OL Nil N TF — 4.5 M5 x 0.8 — M5 x 0.8 12 M5 x 0.8 4.3 8 M5 x 0.8 13 M5 x 0.8 5.4 9.5 5.5 Rc 1/8 NPT 1/8 G 1/8 M6 x 1.0 15 M6 x 1.0 5.4 9.5 5.5 Rc 1/8 NPT 1/8 G 1/8

50 st 75,100 st 125 to 200 st 250 st or more

18.5 8.5 8.5

0 6.5 6.5

24 6.5 6.5

24 44 43.5

XA XB 3 3 4

YY

3.5 M5 x 0.8 3.5 M6 x 1.0 4.5 M6 x 1.0

YL

Z

10 12 12

5 17 17

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions Bore size (mm) 25 st 16 80 20 95 25 100.5

A 50, 75 st 100 st 125 to 200 st 250 st or more

71 71 95 80 99 104 85.5 104.5 104.5

95 122 122

DB 8 10 13

(mm)

E 25st

50, 75st

9 17 22

0 2 7

100st 125 to 200st 250 st or more

0 21 26

24 26 26

24 44 43.5

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 305

Compact Guide Cylinder With Air Cushion

Series MGP

MGPM, MGPL (With Air Cushion): ø32 to ø63 4 x YY depth YL

T-slot dimensions

(mm)

XB XAH7

a c d e

X ±0.02

X

øXAH7

b

øXAH7 depth XL

Bore size (mm) XL WB

Detailed figure of section XX

Z

a 6.5 6.5 8.5 11

32 40 50 63

XC

Section XX

T-slot dimensions d c b 3.5 5.5 10.5 4 5.5 10.5 4.5 7.5 13.5 7 17.8 10

e 9.5 11 13.5 18.5

WA

Bottom view

2 x cushion valve (Width across flats CV) 4 x NN through Section XX

4 x MM depth ML

4 x øOA through Z

WA

L

4 x øOB counterbore depth OL

Section XX

MGJ

H

VA

VB

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

X ±0.02

X PW

U

øDA

X ±0.02

T R

(OL)

MGP

øDB

MGQ

øXAH7 depth XL

GA

2xP (Plug)

PA + Stroke FA FB

Q

C + Stroke

S

PB J

B + Stroke A + Stroke

MGG

øXAH7 depth XL

2xP

GB

MGC

K G

E

MGF MGZ

Rc,

NPT and G ports can be selected. (Refer to page 290.)

For the intermediate strokes, refer to “Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke” on page 291.

MGT

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm)

B

C

32 40 50 63

25, 50, 75, 100 125, 150, 175 200, 250, 300 350, 400

84.5 91 97 102 R

Bore size PA PB PW (mm)

Q

(mm)

CV DA FA FB

G

GA GB

H

HA

J

K

L

MM

ML

NN

62.5 69 69 74

1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5

16 16 20 20

12 12 16 16

48 54 64 78

12.5 9 14 10 14 11 16.5 13.5

112 120 148 162

M6 M6 M8 M10

24 27 32 39

24 27 32 39

34 40 46 58

M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

20 20 22 22

M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

S

T

U

VA VB

10 10 12 12

30 96 44 110 78 98 63 30 104 44 118 86 106 72 40 130 60 146 110 130 92 50 130 70 158 124 142 110

75 st or less 48 48 48 52

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions

(mm)

32 40 50 63

32 38 34 39

15 18 21.5 28

35.5 39.5 47 58

WA 100 to 175 st 200, 250 st 124 200 124 200 124 200 128 200

WB 300 st or more 75 st or less 100 to 175 st 200, 250 st 300 45 83 121 300 46 84 122 300 48 86 124 300 50 88 124

300 st or more 171 172 174 174

X 42 50 66 80

OA OB OL 6.6 6.6 8.6 8.6

11 11 14 14

7.5 7.5 9 9

Nil Rc 1/8 Rc 1/8 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4

4.5 4.5 6 6

3 3 4 4

6 6 8 8

TF G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4

YY

YL

Z

M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

16 16 20 20

21 22 24 24

XA XB XC XL 4 4 5 5

P N NPT 1/8 NPT 1/8 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4

D- Bore size (mm) 25st 32 97 40 97 50 106.5 63 106.5

A 50st 75 to 200 st 250 st or more

127 127 131.5 131.5

102 102 118 118

140 140 161 161

DB 20 20 25 25

E 25st

50st 75 to 200 st 250 st or more

12.5 6 9.5 4.5

42.5 36 34.5 29.5

17.5 11 21 16

55.5 49 64 59

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions Bore size (mm) 25st 32 84.5 40 91 50 97 63 102

A 50st

75st

100st 125 to 200 st 250 st or more

123 123 127.5 127.5

98 98 114 114

115.5 115.5 159 159

118 118 134 134

140 140 161 161

DB 16 16 20 20

(mm)

-X

E 25st

50st

75st

100st 125 to 200 st 250 st or more

0 0 0 0

38.5 32 30.5 25.5

13.5 7 17 12

31 24.5 62 57

33.5 27 37 32

55.5 49 64 59

305

Individual -X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 306

Series MGP MGPM, MGPL (With Air Cushion): ø80, ø100 4 x YY depth YL

T-slot dimensions

a

b

ø6H7 depth 10

c X ±0.02

ø6 H7

X

d e

7

(mm) Bore size (mm)

80 100

5

6H7

10

T-slot dimensions d c b 8 20.3 12 10 23.3 13.5

a 13.3 15.3

e 22.5 30

Section XX

Detailed figure of section XX

WB Z

WA

Bottom view

4 x øOA through 4 x NN through Z

Section XX

4 x MM depth ML

4 x øOB counterbore depth 8

WA

Section XX

L

2 x cushion valve (Width across flats 4)

H

VB VA

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

X ±0.02

øDB

PW

X

U

øDA

X ±0.02

T

R

(8)

ø6 H7 depth 10

GC GA Q

ø6 H7 depth 10

2xP 2xP (Plug)

GB

PA + Stroke FA FB

S

JB

C + Stroke

PB 10 JA J

E

B + Stroke

K G

A + Stroke

Rc,

NPT and G ports can be selected. (Refer to page 290.)

For the intermediate strokes, refer to “Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke” on page 291.

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions

(mm)

Bore size Standard stroke B C DA FA FB G GA GB GC H HA J JA JB K (mm) (mm) 50,75,100,125 80 121.5 81.5 25 22 18 91.5 19 15.5 14.5 202 M12 45.5 38 7.5 46 150,175,200,250 100 30 25 25 111.5 23 19 18 240 M14 55.5 45 10.5 56 141 91 300,350,400 Bore size PA PB PW (mm) 80 100

39.5 25.5 74 42.5 32.5 89

Q

R

S

52 64

174 210

75 90

80 100

306

50 st 167 187

54 62

WA WB YY YL X 50, 75 st 100 to 175 st 200, 250 st 300 st or more 50, 75 st 100 to 175 st 200, 250 st 300 st or more 54 198 156 180 140 52 128 200 300 92 128 178 100 M12 x 1.75 24 47 236 188 210 166 72 148 220 320 85 121 171 124 M14 x 2.0 28 T

U

VA VB

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions Bore size (mm)

L

P MM ML NN OA OB Nil N TF M12 x 1.75 25 M12 x 1.75 10.6 17.5 Rc 3/8 NPT 3/8 G 3/8 M14 x 2.0 31 M14 x 2.0 12.5 20 Rc 3/8 NPT 3/8 G 3/8

A DB 75 to 200 st 250 st or more 142 193 30 162 203 36

50 st 45.5 46

(mm)

E 75 to 200 st 250 st or more 20.5 71.5 21 62

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions Bore size (mm) 80 100

50 st 168.5 178.5

A DB 75 to 200 st 250 st or more 160 193 25 180 203 30

50 st 47 37.5

Z 28 11

(mm)

E 75 to 200 st 250 st or more 38.5 71.5 39 62

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 307

Compact Guide Cylinder/With End Lock Series MGP

ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100

MGJ MGP MGQ MGG MGC MGF MGZ MGT

Stroke Variations Bearing type

MGPM Slide bearing

MGPL Ball bushing bearing

Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Intermediate stroke

Stroke (mm)

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

300

350

400

Spacer installation type Available by the 5 mm interval.

Locking direction

Manual release

Rod end lock

Non-lock type

Head end lock

Lock type

307

D- -X Individual -X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 308

Compact Guide Cylinder/With End Lock

Series MGP

ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100 How to Order

MGP M 32

Compact Guide Cylinder

100 H N M9BW Made to Order Specification

Compact Guide Cylinder

For details, refer to page 309.

Bearing type M L

Slide bearing Ball bushing bearing

Number of auto switches Nil

Bore size

S n

20 20 mm 25 25 mm 32 32 mm 40 40 mm 50 50 mm 63 63 mm 80 80 mm 100 100 mm

Auto switch Nil

Without auto switch (Built-in magnet)

∗ For the applicable auto switch model, refer to the table below.

Manual release type

Thread type Nil N TF

2 pcs. 1 pc. n pcs.

N L

Rc NPT G

Non-lock type Lock type

Lock position Cylinder stroke (mm)

H R

Refer to “Standard Stroke” on page 309.

Head end lock Rod end lock

Solid state switch

Type

Special function

— Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Water resistant (2-color indication)

Reed switch

Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

—

Electrical entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches.

3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) Grommet Yes 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire 2-wire (Non-polar) 3-wire (NPN equivalent) Grommet Yes 2-wire No

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·········· Nil 1 m·········· M 3 m·········· L 5 m·········· Z

Load voltage

Wiring (Output)

DC

Auto switch model AC

Perpendicular

In-line

—

M9NV M9PV M9BV M9NWV M9PWV M9BWV M9NAV M9PAV M9BAV —

M9N M9P M9B M9NW M9PW M9BW M9NA M9PA M9BA P4DW

5V,12V 12V 5V,12V 24V

12V 5V,12V 12V

— — 24V

(Example) M9NW (Example) M9NWM (Example) M9NWL (Example) M9NWZ

Pre-wired

—

—





Applicable load IC circuit — IC circuit — IC circuit

Relay, PLC

—

IC — circuit 100V — — — — A93 A93V Relay, 12V 100V or less A90V — — — IC circuit PLC A90 ∗ Solid state auto switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order. ∗ D-P4DW type can be mounted on bore sizes 32 to 100. 5V

—

A96V

∗ Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 336 for details. ∗ For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785. ∗ Auto switches are shipped together (not assembled).

308

Lead wire length (m)

0.5 1 3 5 connector (Nil) (M) (L) (Z)

A96



— —

—

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 309

Compact Guide Cylinder With End Lock

Series MGP

Specifications ø20

Bore size

ø25

ø32

Action

ø40 ø50 Double acting

ø63

ø80

ø100

Air 1.5 MPa

Fluid Proof pressure

1.0 MPa

Maximum operating pressure

0.15 MPa ∗

Minimum operating pressure

–10 to 60°C (No freezing)

Ambient and fluid temperature

50 to 500 mm/s

Piston speed

50 to 400 mm/s

Rubber bumper on both ends

Cushion

Not required (Non-lube)

Lubrication

+1.5 0

Stroke length tolerance

mm

∗ 0.1 MPa except the lock unit.

Lock Specifications Lock position

Symbol

Made to Order Specifications

Holding force (Max.) N

(For details, refer to pages 1847 and 1995.)

Backlash

Specifications

—XC79 Machining tapped hole, drilled hole and pin hole additionally.

ø20

ø25

ø32

215

330

550

Manual release

Head end, Rod end ø40 ø50 860 1340 2 mm or less

ø63

ø80

ø100

2140

3450

5390

Non-lock type, Lock type

Adjust switch positions for operation at both the stroke end and backlash (2 mm) movement positions.

—X867 Lateral piping type (Change of plug position)

Standard Stroke Refer to pages 334 to 336 for cylinders with auto switches.







Minimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and mounting height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no.

Standard stroke (mm)

Bore size (mm)

20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400

MGJ

Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke

MGP Description

Spacer installation type. Dealing with the stroke by the 5 mm interval is available by installing spacer with standard stroke cylinder. When a spacer is mounted on the cylinder with an end lock on the rod side, use a special piston rod.

Part no. Refer to “How to Order” for the standard model numbers on page 308. Applicable stroke (mm) 5 to 395

MGG MGC

Part no.: MGPM50-35-HN

Example

MGQ

A spacer 15 mm in width is installed in a MGPM50-50-HN. C dimension is 119 mm.

Note 1) The minimum stroke for mounting auto switches is 10 stroke or more for two switches, and 5 stroke or more for one switch. Note 2) Intermediate stroke (by the 1 mm interval) based on an exclusive body will be available upon request for special.

MGF MGZ

Theoretical Output OUT

MGT

IN

(N) Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area (mm) (mm) direction (mm2) 0.2 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

10 12 16 16 20 20 25 30

Operating pressure (MPa) 0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

OUT

314

63

94

126

157

188

220

251

283

314

IN

236

47

71

94

118

142

165

189

212

236

OUT

491

98

147

196

246

295

344

393

442

491

IN

378

76

113

151

189

227

265

302

340

378

OUT

804

161

241

322

402

482

563

643

724

804

IN

603

121

181

241

302

362

422

482

543

603

OUT

1257

251

377

503

629

754

880 1006 1131 1257

634

739

845

950 1056

IN

1056

211

317

422

528

OUT

1963

393

589

785

982 1178 1374 1570 1767 1963

660

825

990 1154 1319 1484 1649

IN

1649

330

495

OUT

3117

623

935 1247 1559 1870 2182 2494 2805 3117

561

841 1121 1402 1682 1962 2242 2523 2803

IN

2803

OUT

5027

1005 1508 2011 2514 3016 3519 4022 4524 5027

IN

4536

907 1361 1814 2268 2722 3175 3629 4082 4536

OUT

7854

1571 2356 3142 3927 4712 5498 6283 7069 7854

IN

7147

1429 2144 2859 3574 4288 5003 5718 6432 7147

Note) Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm2)

309

D- -X Individual -X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 310

Series MGP Mass Slide Bearing: MGPM20 to 100 (Basic mass)

(kg) Standard stroke (mm)

Bore size (mm)

Model

25

50

75

20

MGPM20

0.86

1.12

1.32

1.52

1.71

1.91

2.11

2.31

2.78

3.18

3.57

3.97

25

MGPM25

1.18

1.56

1.83

2.10

2.38

2.65

2.92

3.19

3.85

4.39

4.94

5.48

32

MGPM32

1.92

2.32

2.70

3.09

3.47

3.85

4.23

4.61

5.56

6.32

7.09

7.85

40

MGPM40

2.20

2.66

3.08

3.51

3.93

4.36

4.78

5.20

6.24

7.10

7.95

50

MGPM50

3.73

4.46

5.10

5.74

6.38

7.02

7.66

8.30

9.91

63

MGPM63

4.61

5.45

6.21

80

MGPM80

7.88

8.70

9.49

100

MGPM100

12.1

13.2

100

125

6.96

14.4

150

7.72

175

8.47

200

9.23

250

9.99

300

350

400

8.80

11.2

12.5

13.8

11.8

13.3

14.8

16.3

10.3

11.2

12.0

12.8

13.9

15.5

17.2

18.8

20.5

15.6

16.8

18.0

19.1

20.6

22.9

25.3

27.6

30.0

Ball Bushing Bearing: MGPL20 to 100 (Basic mass) Bore size (mm)

(kg) Standard stroke (mm)

Model

25

50

75

20

MGPL20

0.93

1.10

1.27

1.48

1.65

1.83

2.00

2.17

2.55

2.90

3.25

3.60

25

MGPL25

1.27

1.50

1.74

2.01

2.24

2.47

2.70

2.94

3.44

3.91

4.37

4.83

32

MGPL32

1.74

2.19

2.51

2.88

3.20

3.51

3.83

4.15

4.84

5.47

6.10

6.73

40

MGPL40

2.02

2.51

2.87

3.29

3.65

4.01

4.37

4.73

5.51

6.23

6.95

50

MGPL50

3.46

4.21

4.76

5.40

5.95

6.50

7.05

7.60

8.83

9.92

63

MGPL63

4.33

5.20

5.86

80

MGPL80

8.05

8.87

9.66

100

MGPL100

12.4

13.5

100

125

6.62

14.7

150

7.28

175

7.95

200

8.61

250

9.27

300

350

400

7.67

11.1

12.2

10.7

12.1

13.4

14.7

10.5

11.4

12.2

13.0

14.1

15.7

17.4

19.0

20.7

15.9

17.1

18.3

19.4

20.9

23.2

25.6

27.9

30.3

Lock Unit Additional Mass

(kg)

Head end lock

Rod end lock

Head end lock

Rod end lock

Bore size (mm)

HN

HL

RN

RL

Bore size (mm)

HN

HL

RN

RL

20

0.05

0.07

0.05

25

0.06

0.07

0.05

0.06

63

0.36

0.40

0.35

0.39

0.07

80

0.90

0.97

1.03

32

0.09

0.10

1.10

0.09

0.10

100

1.52

1.60

1.60

40

0.15

1.68

0.18

0.14

0.18

50

0.24

0.27

0.23

0.27

Calculation: (Example) MGPM50-100-HN • Basic Mass + Lock unit additional mass • 5.74 + 0.24 = 5.98 kg

Allowable Rotational Torque of Plate

Non-rotating Accuracy of Plate

Torque: T (N·m)

+θ –θ T (N.m) Bore size Bearing (mm) type 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Stroke (mm)

25

50

75

MGPM

0.99

0.75

1.88

100 1.63

125 1.44

1.28

1.16

1.06

0.90

0.78

0.69

0.62

MGPL

2.66

1.94

1.52

1.25

1.34

1.17

1.03

0.93

0.76

0.65

0.56

0.49

MGPM

1.64

1.25

2.96

2.57

2.26

2.02

1.83

1.67

1.42

1.24

1.09

0.98

175

200

250

300

350

400

MGPL

4.08

3.02

2.38

1.97

2.05

1.78

1.58

1.41

1.16

0.98

0.85

0.74

MGPM

6.35

5.13

5.69

4.97

4.42

3.98

3.61

3.31

2.84

2.48

2.20

1.98

MGPL

5.95

4.89

5.11

4.51

6.34

5.79

5.33

4.93

4.29

3.78

3.38

3.04

MGPM

7.00

5.66

6.27

5.48

4.87

4.38

5.98

3.65

3.13

2.74

2.43

2.19

MGPL

6.55

5.39

5.62

4.96

6.98

6.38

5.87

5.43

4.72

4.16

3.71

3.35

9.50

8.60

7.86

7.24

6.24

5.49

4.90

4.43

9.83

9.12

7.95

7.02

6.26

5.63

MGPM MGPL

13.0 9.17

MGPM

14.7

10.8 7.62 12.1

12.0 9.83 13.5

8.48 11.0

10.6

8.74 11.6 11.9

10.7

9.74 13.0

10.7 9.69

8.86

8.16

7.04 8.84

6.19 7.80

5.52

4.99

6.94

6.24

MGPL

10.2

11.9

11.0

10.2

MGPM

21.9

18.6

22.9

20.5

18.6

17.0

15.6

14.5

12.6

11.2

10.0

MGPL

15.1

23.3

22.7

20.6

18.9

17.3

16.0

14.8

12.9

11.3

10.0

MGPM

38.8

33.5

37.5

33.8

30.9

28.4

26.2

24.4

21.4

19.1

17.2

15.7

MGPL

27.1

30.6

37.9

34.6

31.8

29.3

27.2

25.3

22.1

19.5

17.3

15.5

Model selection is the same as MGP/standard type. Refer to pages 275 to 281.

310

150

9.11 8.94

For non-rotating accuracy θ without load, use a value no more than the values in the table as a guide. Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Non-rotating accuracy θ MGPM

MGPL

±0.07°

±0.09°

±0.06°

±0.08°

±0.05°

±0.06°

±0.04°

±0.05°

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 312

Series MGP Construction/Series MGPM 10

26 19

18

3

15

17

7

1

24

2

14

23

11

28

13

27

8

11

4

6

9

35

25

22

ø20, ø25: 25 stroke

5

16

ø63 or more

36

ø50 or more ø50, ø63

Non-locking type (Head end lock)

(Rod end lock)

39

32

33

37 34 44 45

31 30 29

45

ø20 to ø63

Material Note Hard anodized Aluminum alloy Chromated Aluminum alloy Hard chrome plated with rod end lock only Stainless steel ø20, ø25 3 Piston rod Hard chrome plated Carbon steel ø32 to ø100 Chromated 4 Collar Aluminum alloy 5 Bushing Babbitt Aluminum alloy Chromated 6 Head cover Carbon steel Hard chrome plated 7 Guide rod Carbon steel Nickel plated 8 Plate Nickel plated Carbon steel 9 Plate mounting bolt Nickel plated Carbon steel 10 Guide bolt Phosphate coated 11 Retaining ring Carbon tool steel Phosphate coated 12 Retaining ring Carbon tool steel 13 Bumper A Urethane Urethane 14 Bumper B — 15 Magnet Nickel plated Carbon steel 16 Hexagon socket head cap plug Babbitt 17 Slide Bearing Felt 18 Felt Resin 19 Holder 20 Ball bushing Aluminum alloy 21 Spacer Carbon steel 22 Steel ball ø20 to ø50 Carbon steel 23 Plug ø63 to ø100 Nickel plated NBR 24 ∗ Piston seal NBR 25 ∗ Rod seal NBR 26 ∗ Gasket A NBR 27 ∗ Gasket B

312

ø80, ø100

ø20 to ø63

ø80, ø100

Component Parts Description No. 1 Body 2 Piston

5

Component Parts No. 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 ∗ 36 ∗ 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 ∗ 45 ∗

Description Piston gasket Lock bolt Lock holder Lock piston Lock spring Seal retainer Bumper Hexagon socket head cap screw Hexagon socket head cap screw

Cap A Cap B Rubber cap M/O knob M/O bolt M/O spring Stopper ring Lock piston seal Lock holder gasket

Material Note ø32 to ø100 only NBR Zinc chromated Carbon steel Electroless nickel plated Brass Hard chrome plated Carbon steel Stainless steel Zinc chromated (ø80, ø100 only) Carbon steel Urethane Black zinc chromated Carbon steel Zinc chromated (ø50, ø63 only) Carbon steel Black painted Aluminum die-casted SQ treated Carbon steel Synthetic rubber Black painted Zinc die-casted Black zinc chromated Alloy steel chromated Steel wire chromated Carbon steel NBR NBR

Replacement Parts/Seal Kit Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40

Kit no.

Contents

Bore size (mm)

Kit no.

Contents

50 MGP50-B-PS Set of nos. 24, 25 , 26 , 27 , MGP20-B-PS Set of nos. above above 35 , 36 , 44 , 45 63 MGP63-B-PS MGP25-B-PS 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 80 MGP80-B-PS Set of nos. 24, 25 , 26 , 27 , MGP32-B-PS 35 , 44 , 45 above 44 , 45 , 100 MGP100-B-PS MGP40-B-PS ∗ Each seal kit includes the parts listed above. Order the seal kit based on each bore size. ∗ Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 313

Compact Guide Cylinder With End Lock

Series MGP

Construction/Series MGPL 12

20

ø50 or more

ø32 to ø63: 25 Stroke

ø63 or more

ø32 to 63: Over 100 stroke

21

Lock type

40

41

38

42

MGJ

43

MGP MGQ MGG MGC MGF MGZ MGT

D- -X Individual -X

313

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 314

Series MGP Dimensions: ø20, ø25 4 x ø5.4 through

4 x NN through 17

Section XX

4 x ø9.5 counterbore depth 5.5

WA

4 x M6 x 1.0 depth 12

4 x MM depth ML Section XX

L

Section XX

X

X ±0.02

15

ø11

X ±0.02

PW

X U

øDA øDB

X ±0.02

T R

VB VA H

M5:T-slot for hexagon bolt

(5.5) 24

HR

2xP

GA DL

Q S

37.5 + Stroke GB C + Stroke B + Stroke A + Stroke

10 6

øXAH7 depth 6

øXAH7 depth 6

PB J

K

2xP (Plug)

G

WB

øXAH7 depth 6

17

WA

End lock mechanism Manual release Non-lock type

E

øXAH7

8.4

5.4

With rod end lock

24 ø15

24

XB XAH7

d

4.5

3

Detailed figure of section XX

(mm)

ø25

DM

T-slot dimensions

HN

15

6

e

Bore size T-slot dimensions (mm) d e

End lock mechanism (Manual release lock type)

With head end lock

20

2.8

7.8

25

3

8.2

For

intermediate strokes other than standard strokes, refer to the Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke on page 309.

Rc,

NPT and G ports can be selected. (Refer to page 308.)

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm)

20 25

25, 50, 75, 100, 125 150, 175, 200, 250 300, 350, 400

Bore size (mm) 20 25

B

C

78 62 78.5 62.5

T

U

VA

VB

81 91

54 64

72 82

44 50

(mm)

DA

G

GA

GB

H

J

K

L

MM

ML

NN

10 12

36 42

10.5 11.5

8.5 9

83 93

18 21

18 21

24 30

M5 x 0.8 M6 x 1.0

13 15

M5 x 0.8 M6 x 1.0

X

XA

XB

28 34

3 4

3.5 4.5

WA

WB

Over 75 st Over 175 st to 175 st to 250 st

75 st or less

44 44

120 120

200 200

Over 250 st

75 st or less

300 300

39 39

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions A

Bore size (mm)

25 st or less

Over 25 st to 175 st

Over 175 st

20 25

78 78.5

84.5 85

122 122

End Lock Mechanism Dimensions DL

DM

HR

HN

20 25

21 26.5

19 16

10.5 8

22 19.5

314

DB 12 16

(mm)

Bore size (mm)

P Nil N TF Rc 1/8 NPT 1/8 G 1/8 Rc 1/8 NPT 1/8 G 1/8

Over 75 st Over 175 st to 175 st to 250 st

(mm)

E

77 77

117 117

Over 250 st

167 167

PB

PW

Q

R

S

10.5 13.5

25 30

18 26

70 78

30 38

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions

25 st or less

Over 25 st to 175 st

Over 175 st

Bore size (mm)

0 0

6.5 6.5

44 43.5

20 25

A 75 st or less

Over 75 st to 175 st

80 85.5

104 104.5

Over 175 st

122 122

DB 10 13

(mm)

E 75 st or less

Over 75 st to 175 st

Over 175 st

2 7

26 26

44 43.5

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 315

Compact Guide Cylinder With End Lock

Series MGP

Dimensions: ø32 to ø63

4 x NN through Z

Section XX

4 x øOA through 4 x øOB counterbore depth OL

WA

4 x YY depth YL Section XX

4 x MM depth ML Section XX

L

X

VB VA H

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

24 ø11

X ±0.02

øDB

PW

X U

øDA

X ±0.02

T R

X ±0.02

(OL) DL

Q S FAFB

øXAH7 depth XL

GB End lock mechanism Manual release Non-lock type

PA + Stroke

øXAH7 depth XL

HR

2xP

GA LL C + Stroke B + Stroke A + Stroke

E

PB J

WB K

WA 2xP (Plug)

G

Z

øXAH7 depth XL

øXAH7

c e

d

øMO

DM

XB XAH7

a

b

With rod end lock

T-slot dimensions

HN

XC

XL

End lock mechanism (Manual release lock type)

Detailed figure of section XX

a

32 40 50 63

6.5 6.5 8.5 11

LL

With head end lock

(mm)

T-slot dimensions

Bore size (mm)

b

c

10.5 5.5 10.5 5.5 13.5 7.5 17.8 10

d

e

3.5 9.5 4 11 4.5 13.5 7 18.5

MGJ MGP MGQ

For

intermediate strokes other than standard strokes, refer to the Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke on page 309.

MGG

Rc,

NPT and G ports can be selected. (Refer to page 308.)

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions Bore size Standard stroke (mm) (mm) 32 40 50 63 Bore size (mm) 32 40 50 63

25, 50, 75 100, 125, 150 175, 200, 250 300, 350, 400

(mm)

B

C

DA

FA

FB

G

GA

GB

H

HA

J

K

L

MM

ML

NN

OA

OB

OL

84.5 91 97 102

62.5 69 69 74

16 16 20 20

12 12 16 16

10 10 12 12

48 54 64 78

12.5 9 10 14 11 14 16.5 13.5

112 120 148 162

M6 M6 M8 M10

24 27 32 39

24 27 32 39

34 40 46 58

M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

20 20 22 22

M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

6.6 6.6 8.6 8.6

11 11 14 14

7.5 7.5 9 9

Nil Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc1/4

T

PA

PB PW

Q

R

S

32 38 34 39

15 18 21.5 28

30 30 40 50

96 104 130 130

44 44 60 70

35.5 39.5 47 58

U

VA

VB

110 78 98 63 118 86 106 72 146 110 130 92 158 124 142 110

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions A

Bore size (mm)

25 st or less

Over 25 st to 175 st

Over 175 st

32 40 50 63

97 97 106.5 106.5

102 102 118 118

140 140 161 161

DB 20 20 25 25

WA

WB

75 st Over 75 st Over 175 st Over or less to 175 st to 250 st 250 st

48 48 48 52

(mm)

E

124 124 124 128

200 200 200 200

45 46 48 50

83 84 86 88

121 122 124 124

171 172 174 174

25 st or less

Over 25 st to 175 st

Over 175 st

12.5 6 9.5 4.5

17.5 11 21 16

55.5 49 64 59

32 40 50 63

TF G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4

X

XA

XB

XC

XL

YY

YL

Z

42 50 66 80

4 4 5 5

4.5 4.5 6 6

3 3 4 4

6 6 8 8

M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

16 16 20 20

21 22 24 24

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions Bore size (mm)

End Lock Mechanism Dimensions

300 300 300 300

75 st Over 75 st Over 175 st Over or less to 175 st to 250 st 250 st

P N NPT1/8 NPT1/8 NPT1/4 NPT1/4

A 25 st or less

Over 25 st to 75 st

Over 75 st to 175 st

Over 175 st

84.5 91 97 102

98 98 114 114

118 118 134 134

140 140 161 161

DB 16 16 20 20

MGC MGF MGZ MGT

(mm)

E 25 st or less

Over 25 st to 75 st

Over 75 st to 175 st

Over 175 st

0 0 0 0

13.5 7 17 12

33.5 27 37 32

55.5 49 64 59

D-

(mm)

Bore size (mm)

DL

DM

HR

HN

LL

MO

-X

32 40 50 63

22 26 24 25

22 23 23 25.5

9.5 11.5 13 11

21 25.5 27 25

15 21 21 21

15 19 19 19

Individual -X

315

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 316

Series MGP Dimensions: ø80, ø100 4 x NN through

Z

4 x øOA through

WA

Section XX

4 x MM depth ML HR

4 x øOB counterbore depth OL

30

L

4 x YY depth YL

Section XX

Section XX

X

X ±0.02

VB VA H

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

40

ø21

X ±0.02

øDB

PW

X U

øDA

X ±0.02

T R

(8)

2xP

GC GA

Q S

ø6 H7 depth 10

10

GB

DL

JB

PA + Stroke FA FB

JA J

End lock mechanism Manual release Non-lock type

C + Stroke E

B + Stroke

ø6 H7depth 10

PB

2xP (Plug)

WB WA

K G

Z

ø6 H7 depth 10

A + Stroke

With rod end lock

ø6H7

DM

c d

ø23

7 6H7

a

b

HN

e

5

T-slot dimensions

10

End lock mechanism (Manual release lock type)

30

Detailed figure of section XX

a

80 100

With head end lock

(mm)

T-slot dimensions

Bore size (mm)

b

c

13.3 20.3 12 15.3 23.3 13.5

d

e

8 10

22.5 30

For

intermediate strokes other than standard strokes, refer to the Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke on page 309.

Rc,

NPT and G ports can be selected. (Refer to page 308.)

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm)

80 100

25, 50, 75, 100, 125 150, 175, 200, 250 300, 350, 400

B

C

146.5 106.5 166 116

(mm)

DA

FA

FB

G

GA

GB

25 30

22 25

18 25

91.5 111.5

19 23

15.5 14.5 202 M12 45.5 19 18 240 M14 55.5

GC

P Bore size U VA VB R S T (mm) Nil N TF PA PB PW Q 80 Rc3/8 NPT3/8 G3/8 64.5 25.5 74 52 174 75 198 156 180 140 100 Rc3/8 NPT3/8 G3/8 67.5 32.5 89 64 210 90 236 188 210 166

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions A

Bore size (mm)

150 st or less

Over 150 st

80 100

146.5 166

193 203

End Lock Mechanism Dimensions

DB

Over 150 st

0 0

46.5 37

(mm)

DL

DM

HR

HN

80 100

45.5 49

40.5 43.5

24 26.5

38.5 41

316

150 st or less

30 36

Bore size (mm)

(mm)

E

H

HA

J

JA

JB

K

L

MM

ML

38 45

7.5 10.5

46 56

54 62

M12 x 1.75 M14 x 2.0

25 31

WA

WB

50 st or less

Over 50 st to 150 st

Over 150 st to 250 st

Over 250 st

50 st or less

Over 50 st to 150 st

Over 150 st to 250 st

52 72

128 148

200 220

300 320

54 47

92 85

128 121

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions A Bore size (mm) 150 st or less Over 150 st 80 160 193 100 180 203

DB 25 30

150 st or less

Over 150 st

13.5 14

46.5 37

OA

OB

YL

Z

178 100 M12 x 1.75 24 171 124 M14 x 2.0 28

28 11

Over 250 st

(mm)

E

NN

M12 x 1.75 10.6 17.5 M14 x 2.0 12.5 20 X

YY

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 317

Series MGP

With End Lock Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 11 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions. Use the Recommended Pneumatic Circuit

Caution

Operating Pressure

Caution

This is necessary for the correct locking and unlocking actions.

1. Supply air pressure of 0.15 MPa or higher to the port on the side that has the lock mechanism, as it is necessary for disengaging the lock.

Exhaust Speed

Caution 1. When the pressure on the side with the lock mechanism drops to 0.05 MPa or below, the lock engages automatically. If the piping on the side with the lock mechanism is thin and long, or if the speed controller is away from the cylinder port, the lock engagement may take some due to decline of the exhaust speed. The same result will be caused by clogging of the silencer installed at the EXH port of the solenoid valve.

Releasing the Lock Head end lock

Rod end lock

Operating Precautions

Caution 1. Do not use 3 position solenoid valves. Avoid use in combination with 3 position solenoid valves (especially closed center metal seal types). If pressure is trapped in the port on the lock mechanism side, the cylinder cannot be locked. Furthermore, even after being locked, the lock may be released after some time, due to air leaking from the solenoid valve and entering the cylinder. 2. Back pressure is required when releasing the lock. Before starting operation, be sure to control the system so that air is supplied to the side without the lock mechanism as shown in the figure above. There is a possibility that the lock may not be released. (Refer to the section on releasing the lock.) 3. Release the lock when mounting or adjusting the cylinder. If mounting or other work is performed when the cylinder is locked, the lock unit may be damaged. 4. Operate with a load ratio of 50% or less. If the load ratio exceeds 50%, this may cause problems such as failure of the lock to release, or damage to the lock unit. 5. Do not operate multiple cylinders in synchronization. Avoid applications in which two or more end lock cylinders are synchronized to move one workpiece, as one of the cylinder locks may not be able to release when required. 6. Use a speed controller with meter-out control. Lock cannot be released occasionally by meter-in control. 7. Be sure to operate completely to the cylinder stroke end on the side with the lock. If the cylinder piston does not reach the end of the stroke, locking and unlocking may not be possible. 8. Do not use an air cylinder as an air-hydro cylinder. This will cause leakage of hydraulic fluid. 9. Adjust an auto switch's position so that it operates for movement to both the stroke and backlash (2 mm) positions. When a 2-color indication switch is adjusted for green indication at the stroke end, it may change to red for the backlash return, but this is not abnormal.

Warning 1. Before releasing the lock, be sure to supply air to the side without the lock mechanism, so that there is no load applied to the lock mechanism when it is released. (Refer to the Recommended pneumatic circuits.) If the lock is released when the port on the other side is in an exhaust state, and with a load applied to the lock unit, the lock unit may be subjected to an excessive force and be damaged. Also, it is very dangerous because the piston rod will be rushed to move.

MGJ MGP

Manual Release

MGQ

Caution

MGG

1. Manual release (Non-lock type) Insert the accessory bolt from the top of the rubber cap (it is not necessary to remove the rubber cap), and after screwing it into the lock piston, pull it to release the lock. If you stop pulling the bolt, the lock will return to an operational state. Thread sizes, pulling forces and strokes are as shown below.

MGC MGF MGZ

Bore size (mm)

Thread size

Pulling force

Stroke (mm)

20, 25, 32

M2.5 x 0.45 x 25l or more

4.9 N

2

40, 50, 63

M3 x 0.5 x 30l or more

10 N

3

80, 100

M5 x 0.8 x 40l or more

24.5 N

3

MGT

Remove the bolt for normal operation. It can cause lock malfunction or faulty release.

2. Manual release, Lock type While pushing the M/O knob, turn it 90° counterclockwise. The lock is released (and remains in a released state) by aligning the mark on the cap with the OFF mark on the M/O knob. When locking is desired, turn M/O button clockwise 90° while pushing fully, correspond on Release Lock cap and ON mark on M/O button. The correct position is confirmed by a click sound “click”. If not confirmed, locking is not done.

D- -X Individual -X

Locked condition

Released condition

317

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 319

Compact Guide Cylinder/Heavy Duty Guide Rod Type Series MGPS

ø50, ø80

MGJ MGP MGQ MGG MGC MGF MGZ MGT

Stroke Variations Bearing type

MGPM Slide bearing

Bore size (mm)

50 80

Stroke (mm)

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

D- -X Individual -X

319

Compact Guide Cylinder/ Heavy Duty Guide Rod Type

Series MGPS ø50, ø80

How to Order Compact Guide Cylinder

MGP S 50

50 M9BW

Compact Guide Cylinder

Made to Order Specification For details, refer to page 321.

Heavy duty guide rod type Bore size

Number of auto switches

50 50 mm 80 80 mm

Nil

Thread type Nil N TF

2 pcs. 1 pc. n pcs.

S n

Rc NPT G

Auto switch Nil

Cylinder stroke (mm)

Without auto switch (Built-in magnet)

∗ For the applicable auto switch model, refer to the table below.

Refer to “Standard Stroke” on page 321.

Type

Special function

Solid state switch

— Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Water resistant (2-color indication)

Electrical entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches.

3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire Grommet Yes 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP)

Reed switch

DC

Grommet

3-wire Yes (NPN equivalent) No

2-wire

Auto switch model AC

5V,12V 12V 5V,12V 24V

12V

—

5V,12V 12V

2-wire (Non-polar)

Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

—

Load voltage

Wiring (Output)

—

Perpendicular

In-line

M9NV M9PV M9BV M9NWV M9PWV M9BWV M9NAV∗∗ M9PAV∗∗ M9BAV∗∗ — —

M9N M9P M9B M9NW M9PW M9BW M9NA∗∗ M9PA∗∗ M9BA∗∗ P3DW P4DW

Lead wire length (m)

Pre-wired

0.5 1 3 5 connector (Nil) (M) (L) (Z)

         

        

—

         —  — 

          

          

—

5V

—

A96V

A96



—  —

—

24V

12V

100V 100V or less

A93V A90V

A93 A90

 

—  — —  —

— —

Applicable load IC circuit — IC circuit — IC circuit

Relay, PLC

— IC — circuit — Relay, IC circuit PLC

∗∗ Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance. Consult with SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers. ∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·········· 1 m·········· 3 m·········· 5 m··········

Nil M L Z

(Example) M9NW (Example) M9NWM (Example) M9NWL (Example) M9NWZ

∗ Solid state auto switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.

∗ Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 336 for details. ∗ For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785. For D-P3DW, refer to pages 1773-1 and 1773-2. ∗ Auto switches are shipped together (not assembled).

320

3-2-16-MGP.qxd

09.9.30 4:13 PM

Page 10

Compact Guide Cylinder Heavy Duty Guide Rod Type

Series MGPS

Specifications ø80

ø50

Bore size

Double acting

Action

Air

Fluid Proof pressure

1.5 MPa

Maximum operating pressure

1.0 MPa

Minimum operating pressure

0.1 MPa

Ambient and fluid temperature

–10 to 60°C (No freezing) 50 to 400 mm/s

Piston speed

Rubber bumper on both ends

Cushion Lubrication

Not required (Non-lube) +1.5 0

Stroke length tolerance

mm

Standard Stroke Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm)

50, 80

Made to Order Specifications (For details, refer to page 1995.) Symbol

25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200

Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke

Specifications

—X867 Lateral piping type (Change of plug position)

Description

Spacer installation type Spacers are installed in the standard stroke cylinder. Available by the 5 mm stroke interval.

Part no.

Refer to “How to Order” for the standard model numbers on page 320.

Applicable stroke (mm)

Refer to pages 334 to 336 for cylinders with auto switches.

5 to 195 Part no.: MGPS50-35 A spacer 15 mm in width is installed in a MGPS50-50. C dimension is 94 mm.

Example 쎲

쎲

쎲

쎲

Minimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and mounting height Operating range Auto switch mounting bracket: Part no.

Note) Intermediate stroke (by the 1 mm interval) based on an exclusive body will be available upon request for special.

MGJ

Theoretical Output

MGP OUT

IN

MGQ (N)

Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area (mm) (mm) direction (mm2) 20

50 80

0.5

0.6

0.8

0.7

0.9

1.0

0.2

0.3

0.4

OUT

1963

393

589

785

982 1178 1374 1571 1767 1963

IN

1649

330

495

660

825

OUT

25

Operating pressure (MPa)

IN

990 1155 1319 1484 1649

MGG MGC MGF

5027 1005 1508 2011 2513 3016 3519 4021 4524 5027 4536

907 1361 1814 2268 2721 3175 3629 4082 4536

MGZ

Note) Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm2)

MGT

Mass (kg) Bore size (mm)

Model

50 80

Standard stroke (mm) 25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

MGPS50

3.90

4.68

5.74

6.52

7.30

8.08

8.86

9.64

MGPS80

9.21

10.7

13.0

14.5

15.9

17.9

18.9

20.3

Allowable Rotational Torque of Plate

Non-rotating Accuracy of Plate

Torque: T (N·m)

+θ

–θ

T (N.m) Bore size (mm)

Model

50 80

Standard stroke (mm)

For non-rotating accuracy θ without load, use a value no more than the values in the table as a guide.

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

Bore size (mm)

Model

Non-rotating accuracy θ

MGPS50

15

12

16

15

13

12

11

9.8

50

MGPS50

±0.05°

MGPS80

49

41

51

45

41

38

35

32

80

MGPS80

±0.04°

D-쏔 -X쏔 Individual -X쏔

321

Series MGPS

Model Selection Selection Conditions Vertical

Horizontal

l

l l l m

m

Mounting orientation m

m

Maximum speed (mm/s)

200 or less

400

200 or less

400

Graph (Slide bearing type)

(1), (2)

(3), (4)

(5), (6)

(7), (8)

Selection Example 1 (Vertical Mounting)

Selection Example 2 (Horizontal Mounting)

Selection conditions Mounting: Vertical Stroke: 50 stroke Maximum speed: 200 mm/s Load mass: 100 kg Eccentric distance: 100 mm Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 100 kg and the eccentric distance of 100 mm on graph 1, based on vertical mounting, 50 mm stroke, and the speed of 200 mm/s. MGPS80-50 is selected.

Selection conditions Mounting: Horizontal Distance between plate and load center of gravity: 50 mm Maximum speed: 200 mm/s Load mass: 30 kg Stroke: 100 stroke Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 30 kg and 100 stroke on graph 5, based on horizontal mounting, the distance of 50 mm between the plate and load center of gravity, and the speed of 200 mm/s. MGPS80-100 is selected.

(1) 50 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(5) l = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less 100

200

ø80 100

ø80

50

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50

ø50

ø80

40

30

ø50

ø50

20

10

10

50

100

300

10

10

20

30

40 50

51

100

200

Eccentric distance l (mm) Stroke (mm) . When the maximum speed exceeds 200 mm/s, the allowable load mass is determined by multiplying the value shown in the graph at 400 mm/s by the coefficient listed in the table below.

Maximum Up to 300 mm/s Up to 400 mm/s Up to 500 mm/s Coefficient 1.7 1 0.6 . Use the “Guide Cylinder Selection Software”, when the eccentric distance is 200 mm or more.

322

Compact Guide Cylinder Heavy Duty Guide Rod Type

Series MGPS Operating pressure 0.4 MPa Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Mounting (Slide Bearing) MGPS50, 80

(1) 50 Stroke or Less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(2) Over 50 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

300

300

200

200

ø80 100

100

50

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø80

ø50

50

40

40

30

30

20

20

10

10

50

100

10

200

ø50

MGJ 10

50

Eccentric distance l (mm)

100

200

MGP

Eccentric distance l (mm)

(3) 50 Stroke or Less, V = 400 mm/s

MGQ

(4) Over 50 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

300

300

200

200

MGG MGC MGF MGT

100

50

Load mass m (kg)

100 Load mass m (kg)

MGZ

ø80

ø80

ø50

50

40

40

30

30

20

20

ø50

D- 10

10

50

100

200

10

-X 10

Eccentric distance l (mm)

50

100

200

Individual -X

Eccentric distance l (mm)

. Use the “Guide Cylinder Selection Software”, when the eccentric distance is 200 mm or more.

323

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 324

Series MGPS Horizontal Mounting (Slide Bearing) MGPS50, 80

(5) l = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

(6) l = 100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

100

100

ø80 50

ø80

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50

40

30

ø50

ø50

20

ø80 ø80

40

30

ø50

20

ø50

10

10 10

20

30

40 50

51

100

200

10

20

30

Stroke (mm)

40 50

51

100

200

Stroke (mm)

(7) l = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s

(8) l = 100 mm, V = 400 mm/s 50

50

ø80 40

30

30 Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø80 40

20

ø80

ø80

20

ø50 ø50 ø50

ø50

10

10 10

20

30

40 50

Stroke (mm)

324

51

100

200

10

20

30

40 50 Stroke (mm)

51

100

200

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 325

Compact Guide Cylinder Heavy Duty Guide Rod Type

Series MGPS

Operating Range when Used as Stopper MGPS80

υ

υ 1000

m Mass of transferred object: m (kg)

m

l ≅ 50 mm

l ≅ 50 mm

2000

MGPS50 500 400 300 200

100

∗ When selecting a model with a longer l dimension, be sure to choose a bore size which is sufficiently large. 50

5

10

20

30

40

50

Transfer speed: υ (m/min)

Caution Caution on handling Note) When using as a stopper, select a model with 50 stroke or less.

MGJ MGP MGQ MGG MGC MGF MGZ MGT

D- -X Individual -X

325

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 326

Series MGPS Construction

9 8 10 18 4 11 5 19 12 16 3 1 7 14 2 17 13 20 11 6 15

16

Over 50 stroke

50 stroke or less

Component Parts No. 1 2 3 4 5

Description Body Piston Piston rod Collar Bushing

6

Head cover

7 8 9 10

Guide rod Plate Plate mounting bolt A Plate mounting bolt B

Component Parts

Material Aluminum alloy Aluminum alloy Carbon steel Aluminum alloy casted Babbitt Aluminum alloy Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel

Note Hard anodized Chromated Hard chrome plated Painted ø50 Chromated ø80 Painted Hard chrome plated Nickel plated Nickel plated For piston rod Nickel plated For guide rod

Replacement Parts/Seal Kit Bore size (mm) 50 80

Kit no. MGP50-PS MGP80-PS

Contents Set of nos. above

17 , 18 , 19 , 20

.

∗ Seal kit includes 17 to 20 . Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. ∗ Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)

326

No. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 ∗ 18 ∗ 19 ∗ 20 ∗

Description Retaining ring Bumper A Bumper B Magnet Hexagon socket head taper plug Slide Bearing Piston seal Rod seal Gasket A Gasket B

Material Carbon tool steel Urethane Urethane

Note Phosphate coated

— Carbon steel Babbitt NBR NBR NBR NBR

Nickel plated

3-2-16-MGP.qxd

10.3.29 5:47 PM

Page 5

Compact Guide Cylinder Heavy Duty Guide Rod Type

Series MGPS

Dimensions

MGPS50, 80

4 x YY depth YL øXAH7 depth XL

a

X ±0.02

c d e

XB

RB X RA

øXAH7

b

T-slot dimensions

(mm) Bore size (mm)

50 80

XC

QB

Detailed figure of XX section

QA

Section XX

WB Z

WA

Z

WA

4 x MM depth ML

L OC

MGJ MGP MGQ MGG

øDB

PW

X

øDA

T X

X ±0.02

Section XX

Section XX

4 x øOA through 4 x øOB counterbore depth OL

4 x NN depth NL

X ±0.02

8 x RR depth RL

U

XL

e 17.5 22.5

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt VB VA H

XAH7

T-slot dimensions d c b a 6 17.8 10 11 8 13.3 20.3 12

MGC øXAH7

depth XL

2xP

GC Q S

øXAH7

GB

GA

J

PA + Stroke FA

FB

depth XL

PB

2xP (Plug)

MGZ

G

C + Stroke E

B + Stroke

MGF

K

MGT

A + Stroke

For intermediate strokes other than standard strokes, refer to “Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke” on page 321.

Dimensions

(mm)

Bore size Standard stroke (mm) (mm)

50 80

25, 50, 75, 100 125, 150, 175, 200

A B 25, 50 st Over 50 st 86 110 86 118 151 118

C

DA

DB

44 65

20 25

30 45

Bore size (mm)

MM

ML

NN

NL

OA

OB

OC

OL

50 80

M12 x 1.75 M16 x 2.0

20 32

M10 x 1.5 M12 x 1.75

20 24

10.6 17.5 12.5 20

59 72

13 17.5

Bore size (mm)

RL

S

T

U

VA

VB

50 80

14 20

50 65

156 228

116 170

140 214

100 138

25 st 24 28

E 25, 50 st Over 50 st 0 24 0 33 P Nil N Rc 1/4 NPT 1/4 Rc 3/8 NPT 3/8

WA 50, 75, 100 st Over 100 st 124 48 128 52

25 st 36 42

FA

FB

G

GA

GB

GC

30 35

12 18

72 95

14 19

11 24

PA

PB

PW

TF G 1/4 G 3/8

9 24.5 14.5 29

WB X 50, 75, 100st Over 100 st 48 86 68 54 92 100

H

HA

J

K

L

12 160 14.5 242

M10 M12

35 47

37 48

50 66

Q

QA

QB

RA

RB

RR

50 77

32 40

16 18

7 9

48 80

140 200

M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5

-X쏔

XA

XB

XC

XL

YY

YL

Z

Individual -X쏔

5 6

6 7

4 5

8 10

M12 x 1.75 M14 x 2.0

24 28

24 28

D-쏔

327

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 329

Compact Guide Cylinder/ High Precision Ball Bushing Bearing Type Series MGPA Basic Type (Rubber Bumper): ø12, ø16, ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100 With Air Cushion: ø16, ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100 With End Lock: ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100

MGJ MGP MGQ MGG MGC MGF MGZ MGT

D- -X Individual -X

329

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 330

Compact Guide Cylinder/High Precision Ball Bushing Bearing Type

Series MGPA

Basic Type (Rubber Bumper): ø12, ø16, ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100 With Air Cushion: ø16, ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100 With End Lock: ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100

How to Order Basic type (Rubber bumper) With air cushion

MGP A 50

50

M9BW Made to Order Specification

Compact Guide Cylinder

For details, refer to page 331.

High precision ball bushing bearing type 12 16 20 25 32

12 mm 16 mm 20 mm 25 mm 32 mm

40 40 mm 50 50 mm 63 63 mm 80 80 mm 100 100 mm

Thread type

Nil

Without auto switch (Built-in magnet)

Nil

Nil

MGP A 50

Rubber bumper Air cushion

A

Cylinder stroke

∗ Air cushions are not available for ø12.

50

H N M9BW Made to Order Specification

Compact Guide Cylinder

For details, refer to page 331.

High precision ball bushing bearing type Bore size 20 25 32 40

20 mm 25 mm 32 mm 40 mm

2 pcs. 1 pc. n pcs.

S n

Cushion type

Refer to “Standard Stroke” on page 331.

With end lock

Number of auto switches

Auto switch

Bore size

Number of auto switches

Auto switch

50 50 mm 63 63 mm 80 80 mm 100 100 mm

Nil

Thread type Nil N TF

Rc NPT G

Without auto switch (Built-in magnet)

Nil

S n

Manual release type N L

Cylinder stroke

2 pcs. 1 pc. n pcs.

Non-lock type Lock type

Lock position

Refer to “Standard Stroke” on page 331.

H R

Head end lock Rod end lock

Solid state switch

Type

Special function

— Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Water resistant (2-color indication)

Reed switch

Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

—

Electrical entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches.

3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) Grommet Yes 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire 2-wire (Non-polar) 3-wire Yes (NPN equivalent) Grommet 2-wire No

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·········· Nil 1 m·········· M 3 m·········· L 5 m·········· Z

Auto switch model

Load voltage

Wiring (Output)

DC

AC

Perpendicular

In-line

—

M9NV M9PV M9BV M9NWV M9PWV M9BWV M9NAV M9PAV M9BAV —

M9N M9P M9B M9NW M9PW M9BW M9NA M9PA M9BA P4DW

5V,12V 12V 5V,12V 24V

12V 5V,12V 12V

— — 24V

(Example) M9NW (Example) M9NWM (Example) M9NWL (Example) M9NWZ

Pre-wired

—

—





Applicable load IC circuit — IC circuit — IC circuit

Relay, PLC

—

IC — circuit 100V — — — — A93 A93V Relay, 12V 100V or less A90V — — — IC circuit PLC A90 ∗ Solid state auto switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order. ∗ D-P4DW type can be mounted on bore sizes 32 to 100. 5V

—

A96V

∗ Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 336 for details. ∗ For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785. ∗ Auto switches are shipped together (not assembled).

330

Lead wire length (m)

0.5 1 3 5 connector (Nil) (M) (L) (Z)

A96



— —

—

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 331

Compact Guide Cylinder High Precision Bushing Bearing Type

Series MGPA

Specifications Double acting Air

Action Fluid Proof pressure Max. operating pressure

1.5 MPa 1.0 MPa

–10 to 60°C (No freezing)

Ambient and fluid temperature

ø12 to ø63 ø80, ø100

Piston speed Lubrication Stroke length tolerance

50 to 500 mm/s 50 to 400 mm/s

Non-lube +1.5 0

mm

Minimum Operating Pressure Basic Type (Rubber Bumper) Min. operating pressure 0.12 MPa 0.1 MPa

Bore size (mm) ø12, ø16 ø20 to ø100

With Air Cushion Non-rotating accuracy of plate: ± 0.01° Plate displacement amount : 0.05 mm (MGPA ø12-10 st, when Load mass is 1.7 kg.)

Made to Order Specifications (For details, refer to pages 1829 to 2021.) Symbol

Specifications

—XA Change of rod end shape —XC4

With heavy duty scraper

—XC8

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type

—XC9

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type

—XC19 With air cushion, Intermediate stroke (Spacer type) —XC35 With coil scraper —XC69 With shock absorber —XC79 Machining tapped hole, drilled hole and pin hole additionally. —XC82 Bottom mounting style —X144 Symmetrical port position —X867 Lateral piping type (Change of plug position)

Refer to pages 334 to 336 for cylinders with auto switches.







Minimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and mounting height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no.

Min. operating pressure 0.15 MPa 0.12 MPa

Bore size (mm) ø16 ø20 to ø100

With End Lock Min. operating pressure 0.15 MPa

Bore size (mm) ø20 to ø100

Standard Stroke Basic Type (Rubber Bumper) Bore size (mm)

12, 16 20, 25 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

Standard stroke (mm) 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400

MGJ

With Air Cushion Bore size (mm)

16 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 80, 100

Standard stroke (mm) 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400

MGP MGQ

With End Lock Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm) 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400

20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

MGG

Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke

MGC

Basic Type (Rubber Bumper)

MGF

Description Part no. Applicable stroke Example

Spacer installation type Spacers are installed in the standard stroke cylinder. Refer to “How to Order” for the standard specification. 1 to 249 ø12, ø16 1 to 399 ø20 to ø32 5 to 395 ø40 to ø100 Part no.: MGPA20-39 A spacer 1 mm in width is installed in a MGPA20-40. C dimension is 77 mm.

MGZ MGT

With Air Cushion

Description

Part no. Applicable stroke Example Dimensions for all models are the same as the ball bushing bearing type. Refer to the following pages. Basic Type (Rubber Bumper) P.286 to 288 With Air Cushion P.304 to 306 With End Lock P.314 to 316

1 mm interval are available by replacing collars of a standard stroke cylinder. Minimum manufacturable stroke ø16 to ø63: 15mm ø80, ø100: 20mm Select a rubber bumper type, because the cushion effect is not obtainable for less than this stroke. Suffix “-XC19” to the end of standard part number. 15 to 249 ø16 15 to 399 ø20 to ø63 20 to 399 ø80, ø100 Part no.: MGPA20-35A-XC19 A 15 mm width collar is installed in MGPA20-50A. C dimension is 112 mm.

With End Lock Description Part no. Applicable stroke Example

Spacer installation type 5 mm interval are available by installing a spacer on a standard stroke cylinder. Refer to “How to Order” for the standard specification. 5 to 395 Part no.: MGPA20-35-HN A spacer 15 mm in width is installed in a MGPA20-50-HN. C dimension is 112 mm.

331

D- -X Individual -X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 332

Series MGPA Non-rotating Accuracy of Plate For non-rotating accuracy θ without load, use a value no more than the values in the table as a guide.

+θ –θ

Caution Positioning accuracy for pin hole on the plate Dispersion of dimensions when machining each component will be accumulated in the plate pin hole positioning accuracy when mounting this cylinder. Below values are referred as a guide. L1

[Side mounting] Pin hole A

Bore size (mm)

12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Non-rotating accuracy θ

∗

A = Catalog dimension ± (0.1 + L1 x 0.0008) [mm] ∗ : To be 0.15 for ø80, 100. Note) Displacement by load and self-weight deflection by plate and guide rod are not included. [Bottom mounting]

±0.01°

Pin hole

B

L2 Pin hole

B = ± (0.045 + L2 x 0.0016) [mm]

332

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 333

Compact Guide Cylinder High Precision Bushing Bearing Type

Series MGPA

Plate Displacement Amount (Reference Values) Load from lateral direction Displacement (mm)

MGPA32/40 MGPA12-250

0.3 MGPA12-150 MGPA12-100

0.2

MGPA12-75

0.15 0.1

MGPA12-50

0.05 0

MGPA12-10

0

5

10 15 20 Load from lateral direction (N)

25

Plate displacement amount (mm)

MGPA16 MGPA16-250

0.35 0.3

MGPA16-150 MGPA16-100

0.25 0.2

MGPA16-75

0.15 0.1

MGPA16-50

0.05 0

MGPA16-10

0

10 20 Load from lateral direction (N)

30

Plate displacement amount (mm)

MGPA20 MGPA20-400

0.6 MGPA20-300

0.4

MGPA20-200 MGPA20-150

0.3

MGPA20-100

0.2 0.1 0

MGPA20-50

0

20 40 Load from lateral direction (N)

60

Plate displacement amount (mm)

MGPA25 MGPA25-400 MGPA25-300

0.5 0.4

MGPA25-200

0.3 0.2

MGPA25-150 MGPA25-100

0.1 0

MGPA25-50

0

MGPA 32 40 -400

0.6

MGPA 32 40 -300

0.5

32

0.4

MGPA 40 -200 32

MGPA 40 -150

0.3

32

MGPA 40 -100

0.2

MGPA 32 40 -50

0.1 0

0

20

100

40 60 80 Load from lateral direction (N)

0.7 50

0.6

MGPA 63 -400 50

0.5

MGPA 63 -300

0.4

50

MGPA 63 -200

0.3 50

MGPA 63 -150

0.2

50

0.1 0

MGJ

50

MGPA 63 -100

MGPA 63 -50

0

20

40 60 80 Load from lateral direction (N)

MGP

100

MGQ MGG

0.45 MGPA80-400

0.4 0.35

MGC

MGPA80-300

MGF

0.3 0.25

MGPA80-200

MGPA80-250

0.2

MGZ

MGPA80-150 MGPA80-100

0.15 MGPA80-50

0.1

MGT

0.05 0

0

50 100 150 Load from lateral direction (N)

200

MGPA100

0.7 0.6

0.7

MGPA80

0.7

0.5

0.8

MGPA50/63

0.4

Plate displacement amount (mm)

0.25

Plate displacement amount (mm)

0.35

Plate displacement amount (mm)

0.4

20 40 60 Load from lateral direction (N)

80

Plate displacement amount (mm)

Plate displacement amount (mm)

MGPA12

0.6 0.5

MGPA100-400 MGPA100-300 MGPA100-250

0.4

MGPA100-200

0.3

MGPA100-150

MGPA100-100

0.2 0.1

D-

MGPA100-50

0 0

100 200 Load from lateral direction (N)

-X

300

Individual -X

Note 1) The guide rod and self-weight for the plate are not included in the above displacement values. Note 2) Regarding the allowable rotational torque and the operating range as a lifter, refer to pages 272 to 288 in the standard type of Series MGPL, since it is identical.

333

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 334

Series MGP Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End) and Its Mounting Height For D-A9 For D-A9V For D-M9 For D-M9V For D-M9W For D-M9WV For D-M9AL For D-M9AVL

ø12 to ø100 For D-Z7 For D-Z80 For D-Y59 For D-Y69 For D-Y7P For D-Y7PV For D-Y7W For D-Y7WV For D-Y7BA

Auto switch

A

≅Hs

B

≅Ht

ø80, ø100

16.5

16.5

For D-P4DW (∗ Cannot be mounted on bore sizes ø25 or less.) ø32 to ø63

Less than 25 to 75 strokes ≅Hs

∗ For bore sizes ø40 through 63 with two switches, one switch is mounted on each side.

≅Hs

≅Hs

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position

Applicable cylinder series: MGP, MGPS (Heavy duty guide rod type) MGPA (High precision ball bushing/Basic type)

Applicable cylinder series: MGP (Air cushion) MGPA (High precision ball bushing/Air cushion)

(mm)

Auto switch model

D-Z7/Z80 D-M9 D-Y59/Y7P D-M9V D-A9 D-Y69/Y7PV D-M9W D-P4DWL D-Y7W D-M9WV D-A9V D-Y7WV D-M9AL Bore D-Y7BAL D-M9AVL size (mm) A B B B B A A A 22.5 16.5 15.5 20.5 18.5 17.5 — — 16 31 12 11 16 27 26 — — 20 27.5 16 15 — — 20 23.5 22.5 25 21 22.5 21.5 26.5 17 16 15.5 21 32 31 19 18 23 27 26 25.5 17.5 40 32 18 17 22 28 27 26.5 16.5 50 33 22 21 26 29 28 27.5 20.5 63 30 32.5 31.5 36.5 26 25 24.5 31 80 33.5 38.5 37.5 42.5 29.5 28.5 28 37 100 Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting.

Auto Switch Mounting Height

(mm)

Auto switch D-A9/M9/M9W/M9AL model D-Z7/Z80/Y59/Y7P D-Y7W/Y7BAL Bore size (mm)

12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

334

(mm)

Auto switch model

D-M9 D-Z7/Z80 D-M9V D-Y59/Y7P D-M9W D-A9 D-Y69/Y7PV D-P4DWL D-M9WV D-Y7W D-A9V D-M9AL D-Y7WV Bore D-M9AVL D-Y7BAL size (mm) A B B B B A A A 6 4 3 8 2 1 — — 12 9 5 4 9 5 4 — — 16 9.5 8.5 7.5 — — 12.5 5.5 4.5 20 9.5 9 8 — — 13 5.5 4.5 25 10.5 8 7 12 6.5 5.5 5 6.5 32 14.5 10.5 9.5 14.5 10.5 9.5 9 9 40 12.5 12.5 11.5 16.5 8.5 7.5 7 11 50 15 15 14 19 11 10 9.5 13.5 63 18 19.5 18.5 23.5 14 13 12.5 18 80 22.5 24.5 23.5 28.5 18.5 17.5 17 23 100 Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting.

D-A9V

Hs

Hs

Ht

13.5 16 18.5 20.5 23 27 32.5 39.5 40 50

17 19.5 22 24 26.5 30.5 36 43 43 53

— — — — — — — — 71.5 83

D-M9V D-M9WV D-M9AVL Hs Ht 19.5 22 24.5 26 29 33 38.5 45.5 45 55

— — — — — — — — 74 85.5

D-Y69 D-Y7PV D-Y7WV Hs Ht 15 17.5 20 21.5 24.5 28.5 34 41 41 51

— — — — — — — — 70 81.5

D-P4DWL Hs

Ht

— — — —

— — — — — — — —

41.5 44.5 50 57 61 71

84.5 96.5

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 335

Compact Guide Cylinder

Series MGP

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End) and Its Mounting Height

16.5

Auto switch

For D-P4DW (∗ Cannot be mounted on bore sizes ø25 or less.) ø32 to ø63

16.5

With rod end lock For D-A9 For D-Z7 For D-A9V For D-Z80 For D-M9 For D-Y59 For D-M9V For D-Y69 For D-M9W For D-Y7P For D-M9WV For D-Y7PV For D-M9A For D-Y7W For D-M9AVL For D-Y7WV For D-Y7BA

Hs

Hs B

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position Auto switch model

Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

D-M9 D-M9V D-M9W D-M9WV D-M9AL D-M9AVL

D-A9 D-A9V

D-Z7/Z80 D-Y59/Y7P D-Y69/Y7PV D-Y7W D-Y7WV D-Y7BAL

(mm)

ø80/ø100 D-P4DWL

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

40

7

36

3

35

2

—

—

40.5

7

36.5

3

35.5

2

—

—

37.5

10

33.5

6

32.5

5

32

4.5

43.5

10.5

39.5

6.5

38.5

5.5

38

5

9.5

4

44.5

For 25 stroke ∗ For bore sizes ø40 to 63 with two switches, one switch is mounted on each side.

40.5

5.5

39.5

4.5

39

47

12

43

8

42

7

41.5

68

23.5

64

19.5

63

18.5

62.5

18

72.5

28.5

68.5

24.5

67.5

23.5

67

23

6.5

Ht

A

Hs

MGJ MGP

Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting.

With head end lock For D-A9 For D-Z7 For D-A9V For D-Z80 For D-M9 For D-Y59 For D-M9V For D-Y69 For D-M9W For D-Y7P For D-M9WV For D-Y7PV For D-M9AL For D-Y7W For D-M9AVL For D-Y7WV For D-Y7BA

Auto switch

Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

(mm)

Bore size (mm)

Hs

Ht

32 40 50 63 80 100

41.5

—

44.5

—

50

—

57

—

61

84.5

71

96.5

MGG MGC MGF MGZ

B

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position D-M9 D-M9V D-M9W D-M9WV D-M9AL D-M9AVL

MGQ

MGT A

Auto switch model

Auto Switch Mounting Height

D-A9 D-A9V

D-Z7/Z80 D-Y59/Y7P D-Y69/Y7PV D-Y7W D-Y7WV D-Y7BAL A

(mm)

D-P4DWL

A

B

A

B

B

A

B

9

38

5

34

4

33

—

—

9.5

38

5.5

34

4.5

33

—

—

10.5

37

6.5

33

5.5

32

5

31.5

14.5

39.5

10.5

35.5

9.5

34.5

9

34

12.5

41.5

8.5

37.5

7.5

36.5

7

36

15

44

11

40

10

39

9.5

38.5

18

73.5

14

69.5

13

68.5

12.5

68

22.5

78.5

18.5

74.5

17.5

73.5

17

73

Mounting of Auto Switch

D-

Caution In the case of 25 st or less with head side end lock type, it might not insert auto switch from the rod side. In this case, install it after removing the plate temporarily. Regarding the plate removal and the way of assembly,

please consult with SMC.

Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting.

335

-X Individual -X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 336

Series MGP Minimum Auto Switch Mounting Stroke (mm)

Auto switch model

D-A9 D-A9V D-M9V D-M9 D-M9W D-M9WV D-M9AVL D-M9AL D-Z7 D-Z80 D-Y59 D-Y7P D-Y69 D-Y7PV D-Y7W D-Y7WV D-Y7BAL D-P4DWL

No. of auto switches mounted 1 pc. 2 pcs. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 1 pc. 2 pcs., different side 2 pcs., same side

ø12

ø16

ø20

ø25

ø32

ø40

10 15

ø50

ø63

ø80

ø100

5 10 5 10

15 15 15 15

10

5 10 10 10 10 10

15

10 15 10

5

15

10 10

5

15

10 5 5 10 15

15

10 15

— — —

10 20 75

∗ D-P4DW can be mounted on bore size ø32 to ø100. ∗ The air cushion type is available in ø16 to ø100. ∗ The heavy duty guide rod type is available in ø50 and ø80.

Operating Range

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket: Part No. (mm)

Auto switch model

D-A9/A9V D-M9/M9V D-M9W/M9WV D-M9AL/M9AVL D-Z7/Z80 D-Y59/Y69 D-Y7P/Y7PV D-Y7W/Y7WV D-Y7BAL D-P4DWL

Bore size (mm)

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

7

9.5

9

9

9

9.5

9.5

4

5

5.5

5

6

5.5

6

10

10.5

10.5

10.5

7.5

10

10

5.5

7.5

7.5

7

—

—

—

—

63

80

100

10.5

10.5

6.5

6

7

11.5

11.5

12

11

6.5

6

7

8

9.5

5

4

4

5

4

10

4

Auto switch model

Bore size (mm)

ø12 to ø25 ø32 to ø100

D-A9/A9V D-M9/M9V D-M9W/M9WV D-M9AL/M9AVL —

D-P4DWL

. For D-A9(V)/M9(V)/ M9W(V)/M9A(V)L BMG2-012

Besides the models listed in How to Order, the following auto switches are applicable. For detailed specifications, refer to pages 1719 to 1827.

Reed

Model D-Z73, Z76 D-Z80 D-Y69A, Y69B, Y7PV D-Y7NWV, Y7PWV, Y7BWV

Solid state

Electrical entry (Fetching direction) Grommet (In-line) Grommet (Perpendicular)

D-Y7NW, Y7PW, Y7BW D-Y7BAL D-P5DWL

Features — Without indicator light — Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) —

D-Y59A, Y59B, Y7P

Grommet (In-line)

Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Water resistant (2-color indication) Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

∗ For solid state auto switches, auto switches with a pre-wired connector are also available. Refer to pages 1784 and 1785 for details. ∗ Normally closed (NC = b ), solid state auto switch (D-F9G/F9H/Y7G/Y7H type) are also available. For details, refer to pages 1746 and 1748.

336

BMG1-040

∗ The air cushion type is available in ø16 to ø100 ∗ Cylinders with an end lock are available in ø20 to ø100. ∗ The heavy duty guide rod type is available in ø50 and ø80.

∗ Since the operating range is provided as a guideline including hysteresis, it cannot be guaranteed (assuming approximately ±30% dispersion). It may vary substantially depending on an ambient environment. ∗ The air cushion type is available in ø16 to ø100 ∗ Cylinders with an end lock are available in ø20 to ø100. ∗ The heavy duty guide rod type is available in ø50 and ø80.

Auto switch type

BMG2-012

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 881

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock Series MLGP ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100 CLJ2 CLM2 CLG1 CL1 MLGC CNG MNB CNA CNS CLS CLQ RLQ MLU MLGP ML1C









Drop prevention for press fitting jig

Drop prevention for lifter

Holding a clamped condition

CK

LO

D- CK

-X

LO

Individual -X

CK

LO

881

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 882

Drop prevention for mid-stroke emergency stops Locking position can be changed in accordance with the external stopper position and thickness of clamped workpieces.

Retraction locking

Extension locking Drop prevention for press fitting jig

Drop prevention for lifter

CK

LO

CK

LO

Holding a clamped condition

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP ø20,ø25,ø32,ø40,ø50,ø63,ø80,ø100 CK

LO











Simple construction

Locked

K

C LO

Unlocked

Brake spring Lock ring Piston rod

LOCK

Pivot

882

Load direction

Fulcrum

FREE

Clearance

Unlocking port: Air exhausted

Unlocking port: Air supplied

1. The lock ring is tilted by the spring force. 2. The tilting is increased by the load and the piston rod is securely locked.

1. The lock ring becomes perpendicular to the piston rod, creating clearance between the piston rod and lock ring, which allows the piston rod to move freely.

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 883

Easy manual unlocking

Low profile with compact lock unit Lock unit length: A/26.5

mm to 51.5 mm

Locked

Unlocked

A

CLJ2

(mm)

Bore size (mm)

A

20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

26.5 30.5 31.5 34 35 38 43 51.5

Body length

ø40 to ø100

CLM2

Flat head screwdriver

CLG1 CL1 MLGC ø20 to ø32

CNG Manual unlocking bolt

MNB Body length is the same as the standard MGP

CNA CNS

Locking direction is selectable

CLS CLQ

Retraction locking

Extension locking W

RLQ

B

A

A

B

MLU MLGP

W

ML1C

Two types of guide rod bearing for different applications Slide bearing

Four types of mounting • Easy positioning • Knock pin holes provided on each mounting surface.

Top mounting Side mounting

Ball bushing bearing

Excellent wear resistance Provides high precision allows use with high and smooth operation. loads.

T-slot side mounting Bottom mounting

Wide Variations from ø20 to ø100 Series

MLGP

Bearing

Locking Bore size direction (mm) 20

Slide Extension bearing Locking Ball bushing Retraction bearing Locking

20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100



25



30 40 50



Standard stroke (mm) 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350



















D- -X Individual -X

883

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 884

MLGP Specific Product Precautions 1 Series

Be sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 11 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.

Pneumatic Circuit

Selection

Warning

Warning 1. The holding force (max. static load) indicates the maximum capability to hold a static load without vibration and impact. Therefore, the maximum load (workpiece mass) should not exceed 50% of the holding force (max. static load). Select the load mass when unlocked in accordance with 6 below. 2. Do not use for intermediate stops while the cylinder is operating. This cylinder is designed for locking against inadvertent movement from a stationary condition. Do not perform intermediate stops while the cylinder is operating, as this may cause unlocking malfunction, damage or shorten the service life. 3. Select the correct locking direction, as this cylinder does not generate holding force opposite to the locking direction. The extension locking does not generate holding force in the cylinder’s retracting direction, and the retraction locking does not generate holding force in the cylinder’s extension direction.

4. Even when locked, there may be stroke movement up to 1 mm in the locking direction due to external forces such as the workpiece weight. Even when locked, if air pressure drops, stroke movement up to 1 mm may be generated in the locking direction of the lock mechanism due to external forces such as the workpiece weight. 5. When in the locked state, do not apply a load accompanied by an impact shock, strong vibration or turning force, etc. This may damage the locking mechanism, shorten the service life or cause unlocking malfunction.

6. Operate so that load mass, cylinder speed and eccentric distance are within the limiting ranges in the specifications and model selection graphs. If the products are used beyond the limiting range, it may lead to a reduced service life or cause damage to the machinery. (Refer to pages 900 and 901 for specifications and pages 887 to 898 for the Model Selection.)

Drop prevention circuit 1. Do not use 3 position valves with circuit example 1.



The lock may be released due to inflow of the unlocking pressure.

2. Install speed controllers for meter-out control. (Circuit example 1) When they are not installed or they are used under meter-in control, it may cause malfunction.

3. Branch off the compressed air piping for the lock unit between the cylinder and the speed controller. (Circuit example 1) Note that branching off in another section can cause a reduction in service life.

4. Perform piping so that the side going from the piping junction to the lock unit is short. (Circuit example 1) If the lock release port side is longer than another side from the piping junction, this may cause unlocking malfunction or shorten the service life.

5. Be aware of reverse exhaust pressure flow from common exhaust type valve manifolds. (Circuit example 1) Since the lock may be released due to reverse exhaust pressure flow, use an individual exhaust type manifold or single type valve.

6. Be sure to release the lock before operating the cylinder. (Circuit example 2) When the lock release delays, a cylinder may eject at high speed, which is extremely dangerous. It may also damage the cylinder, greatly shorten the service life or cause locking malfunction. Even when a cylinder moves freely, be sure to release the lock and operate the cylinder.

7. Be aware that the locking action may be delayed due to the piping length or the timing of exhaust. (Circuit example 2) The locking action may be delayed due to the piping length or the timing of exhaust, which also makes the stroke movement toward the lock larger. Install the solenoid valve for locking closer to the cylinder than the cylinder drive solenoid valve.

Emergency stop circuit 1. Perform emergency stops with the pneumatic circuit. (Circuit examples 3 and 4) This cylinder is designed for locking against inadvertent movement from a stationary condition. Do not perform intermediate stops while the cylinder is operating, as this may cause unlocking malfunction or shorten the service life. Emergency stops must be performed with the pneumatic circuit, and workpieces must be held with the locking mechanism after the cylinder fully stops.

2. When restarting the cylinder from the locked state, remove the workpiece and exhaust the residual pressure in the cylinder. (Circuit examples 3 and 4) A cylinder may eject at high speed, which is extremely dangerous. It may also damage the cylinder, greatly shorten the service life or cause locking malfunction.

3. Be sure to release the lock before operating the cylinder. (Circuit example 4) When the lock release delays, the cylinder may eject at high speed, which is extremely dangerous. It may also damage the cylinder, greatly shorten the service life or cause locking malfunction. Even when the cylinder moves freely, be sure to release the lock and operate the cylinder.

884

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 885

MLGP Specific Product Precautions 2 Series

Be sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 11 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.

Pneumatic Circuit

Caution

Warning Circuit examples

Mounting

Extension locking F

Retraction locking B

1. Be sure to connect the load to the plate section with the lock in an unlocked condition. If this is done in the locked state, it may cause damage to the lock mechanism. Sizes ø20 through ø32 have a built-in holding function for the unlocked state, allowing the unlocked condition to be maintained even without an air supply. For ø40 through ø100, simply connect piping to the unlocking port and supply air pressure of 0.2 MPa or more.

Drop prevention

1

2d or more

3. Cylinder bottom

2

Since the guide rods project from the bottom of the cylinder at the end of the retraction stoke, provide by ports in the mounting surface, as well as holes for the hexagon socket head mounting screws, when the cylinder is mounted from the bottom. Furthermore, when subjected to impact in use as a stopper, etc., screw the mounting bolts in to a depth of 2d or more.

. Stopper Circuit 1. When used as a stopper, be careful that the workpiece does not collide with the cylinder in a locked condition. Use the guide cylinder with the V circuit below. If the workpiece were m bumped into the cylinder in the locked state, it could be unlocked by shock or the locking mechanism and the piston rod could be A damaged, that could shorten its service life B substantially or result in breakage. MLGPM--B: When used as stopper

Mounting

Warning 1. Take precautions to prevent your fingers or hands from getting caught between the plate and the cylinder body or the lock body. Be very careful to prevent your hands or fingers from getting caught in the gap between the cylinder body and the lock body when air is applied.

CL1 MLGC

CNA C±0.2

øD By port dia.

CNS CLS CLQ

D Hexagon socket MLGPM MLGPL head cap screw

A

B

C

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

20

72

24

54

14

12

M5 x 0.8

25

82

30

64

18

15

M6 x 1.0

32

98

34

78

22

18

M8 x 1.25

40

106

40

86

22

18

M8 x 1.25

50

130

46

110

27

22

M10 x 1.5

63

142

58

124

27

22

M10 x 1.5

80

180

54

156

33

28

M12 x 1.75

100

210

62

188

39

33

M14 x 2.0

4

CLG1

MNB

A±0.2 Bore size (mm)

CLM2

CNG

B±0.2

Emergency stop

3

(d = Thread O.D.)

2. When performing mounting adjustment, supply air pressure only to the unlocking port.

CLJ2

RLQ MLU MLGP ML1C

Piping

Caution Depending on the operating condition, change the position of plugs for the piping port. 1. For M5 After tightening by hand, tighten additional 1/6 to 1/4 rotation with a tightening tool.

2. For taper thread Tighten with proper tightening torques below. Also, use pipe tape on the plug. With regard to the sunk dimension of a plug (dimension “a” in the figure), use the stipulated figures as a guide and confirm the air leakage before operation. ∗ If plugs on the top mounting port are tightened with more than the proper tightening torque, they will be screwed too deeply and the air age will be constricted, resulting in limited cylinder speed. Connection thread Applicable tightening torgue (N . m) (plug) size 1/8 7 to 9 12 to 14 1/4 22 to 24 3/8

Plug

a

a dimension

D- -X Individual -X

0.5 mm or less 1 mm or less 1 mm or less

885

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 886

MLGP Specific Product Precautions 3 Series

Be sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 11 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.

Preparing for Operation

Manually Unlocking

Warning

Warning

1. Before starting operation from the locked position, be sure to restore air pressure to the B port in the pneumatic circuit. When pressure is not applied to the B port, the load may drop or the cylinder may eject at high speed, which is extremely dangerous. It may also damage the cylinder, greatly shorten the service life or cause unlocking malfunction. When applying pressure to the B port, be sure to confirm whether the environment is safe, since workpieces may move.

2. Since size ø20 through ø32 are shipped in an unlocked condition maintained by the unlocking bolt, be sure to remove the unlocking bolt following the steps below. If the cylinder is used without removing the unlocking bolt, the lock mechanism will not function.

For ø20 through ø32 only z

1) Confirm that there is no air pressure inside the cylinder, and remove the dust cover z. 2) Supply air pressure of 0.2 MPa or more to unlocking port x shown in the drawing on the left. 3) Remove the unlocking bolt c with a hexagon wrench (width across flats 2.5).

c x

Since a holding function for the unlocked state is not available for sizes ø40 through ø100, they can be used as shipped.

Manually Unlocking

For ø40 to ø100 Flat head screwdriver Unlocking lever

Unlocking lever

Flat head screwdriver Locking direction

Locking direction

Lock ring Lock ring Rod side

Head side

Extension locking 1) Remove the dust cover. 2) Insert a flat head screwdriver on the rod side of the manual unlocking lever as shown in the figure above, and lightly push the screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (rod side) to unlock.

Rod side

Head side

Retraction locking 1) Remove the dust cover. 2) Insert a flat head screwdriver on the head side of the manual unlocking lever as shown in the figure above, and lightly push the screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (head side) to unlock.

Holding the Unlocked State (ø20 through ø32)

Caution 1. In order to hold the locked state, be sure to follow the steps below after confirming safety. 1) Remove the dust cover z. 2) Supply air pressure of 0.2 MPa or more to the unlocking port x shown below and unlock. 3) Screw the attached hexagon socket head cap bolt c (ø20, ø25: M3 x 0.5 x 5 l, ø32: M3 x 0.5 x 10 l), into the lock ring to hold the unlocked condition.

2. To use the lock mechanism again, be sure to remove the unlocking bolt.

Warning 1. Do not perform unlocking while an external force such as a load or spring force is being applied. This is very dangerous because the cylinder will move suddenly. Release the lock after preventing cylinder movement with a lifting device such as a jack.

2. After confirming safety, operate the manual release following the steps shown below.

When the unlocking bolt is screwed in, the lock mechanism does not function. Remove the unlocking bolt according to the steps prescribed in the section of “Preparing for Operation”.

Carefully confirm that personnel are not inside the load movement range, etc., and that there is no danger even if the load moves suddenly. Manually unlocking For ø20 to ø32

z c x

Maintenance

Caution

Manual unlocking bolt

Manual unlocking bolt Lock ring Locking direction

Locking direction Lock ring

1. In order to maintain good performance, operate with clean unlubricated air. If lubricated air, compressor oil or drainage, etc., enter the cylinder, there is a danger of sharply reducing the locking performance.

2. Do not apply grease to the piston rod. Rod side

Head side

Extension locking 1) Remove the dust cover. 2) Screw a manual unlocking bolt (a bolt of M3 x 0.5 x 15 l or more commercially available) into the lock ring threads as shown above, and lightly push the bolt in the direction of the arrow (head side) to unlock.

886

Rod side

Head side

Retraction locking 1) Remove the dust cover. 2) Screw a manual unlocking bolt (a bolt of M3 x 0.5 x 15 l or more commercially available) into the lock ring threads as shown above, and lightly push the bolt in the direction of the arrow (rod side) to unlock.

There is a danger of sharply reducing the locking performance.

3. ø20 to ø32, a ø12 silver seal is labeled on the one surface of the lock body (on the surface opposite from the unlocking port). The seal is meant for dust prevention, but even if it is peeled off, there would be no problem functionally. 4. Never disassemble the lock unit. It contains a heavy duty spring which is dangerous and there is also a danger of reducing the locking performance.

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Series

Page 887

MLGP

Model Selection Precautions on Model Selection

Caution 1. In order that the originally selected maximum speed shall be not exceeded, be certain to use a speed controller to adjust the total movement distance of the load so that movement takes place in no less than the applicable movement time. 2. For an intermediate stroke product with spacers installed, select using the base model stroke.

CLJ2 CLM2

Step (1)

Find the maximum load speed V.

Step (2)

CLG1

V1: Average load speed [mm/s] V1 = st/t st: Load transfer distance [mm] t: Load transfer time [s]

Find the maximum load speed V [mm/s] with following formula (1) below. The maximum load speed V [mm/s] is approximately equal to V1 x 1.4 ····(1)

CL1 MLGC CNG

Find the bore size.

1. For vertical mounting 1) From Table 1, find applicable selection graphs based on the maximum load speed “V”, mounting orientation, and bearing type. 2) From the graphs chosen in (1), select the appropriate graph based on the stroke, and then find the intersecting point of the load mass “m” and eccentric distance “l 1”. 3) Compare the intersecting point with the line chart for the operating pressure “P”. Select the bore size from the line chart above the intersecting point. 2. For horizontal mounting 1) From Table 1, find applicable selection graphs based on the maximum load speed “V” and bearing type. 2) From the graphs chosen in (1), select the appropriate graph based on the distance “l 2” between the plate and load center of gravity, then find the intersecting point of the load mass “m” and stroke. 3) Compare the intersecting point with the line chart. Select the bore size from the line chart above the intersecting point.

Selection Conditions/ Table (1)

CNA CNS CLS CLQ RLQ MLU MLGP

Vertical Upward facing

l 1 = Eccentric

MNB

Horizontal

Downward facing

ML1C

l 1 = Eccentric distance

distance

l 2 = Distance between the plate and load center of gravity

l 2 = Distance between m

the plate and load center of gravity

m

Mounting orientation

m m

l 1 = Eccentric distance

m

m

l 1 = Eccentric distance

Maximum load speed V

50 to 200 mm/s

201 to 400 mm/s

50 to 200 mm/s

201 to 400 mm/s

50 to 200 mm/s

201 to 400 mm/s

Graph (Slide bearing type) Graph (Ball bushing bearing type)

(1), (2)

(3), (4)

(13), (14)

(15), (16)

(25), (26)

(27), (28)

(5) to (8)

(9) to (12)

(17) to (20)

(21) to (24)

(29), (30)

(31), (32)

. When the maximum speed exceeds 200 mm/s, the allowable load mass is determined by multiplying the value shown in the graph at 400 mm/s by the coefficient listed in the table below. Max. speed Coefficient

D-

Up to 300 mm/s Up to 400 mm/s 1.7

1

-X Individual -X

887

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 888

Series MLGP Selection Example 1 (Vertical Upward Mounting)

Selection Example 2 (Horizontal Mounting)

Selection conditions Mounting: Vertical upward facing Bearing type: Ball bushing Stroke: 50 mm Load transfer time t: 0.5 s Load mass m: 15 kg Eccentric distance l 1: 50 mm Operating pressure P: 0.5 MPa Step 1: Find the maximum load speed “V” from formula (1). Based on the stroke (load transfer distance) of 50 mm and load transfer time of 0.5 s, the maximum load speed is approximately equal to 50/0.5 x 1.4, which is approximately 140 mm/s. Step 2: Based on the maximum load speed found in Step 1, mounting orientation, and guide type, graphs (5) to (8) are selected. Then, based on the 50 mm stroke, graph (7) is selected from the group. Find the intersecting point of the load mass of 15 kg and the eccentric distance of 50 mm. Since the operating pressure is 0.5 MPa, the bore size of ø80 mm, model MLGPL80-50-B, is selected.

Selection conditions Mounting: Horizontal Bearing type: Slide bearing Stroke: 100 mm Load transfer time t: 0.35 s Load mass m: 6 kg Eccentric distance between the plate and load center of gravity l 2: 50 mm Operating pressure P: 0.4 MPa Step 1: Find the maximum load speed “V” from formula (1). Based on the stroke (load transfer distance) of 100 mm and load transfer time of 0.35 s, the maximum load speed is approximately equal to 100/0.5 x 1.4, which is approximately 400 mm/s. Step 2: Based on the maximum load speed found in Step 1, mounting orientation, and guide type, graphs (27) and (28) are selected. Then, based on the distance of 50 mm between the plate and load center of gravity, graph (27) is selected from the two graphs. Find the intersecting point of the load mass of 6 kg and the 100 mm stroke. The bore size of ø40 mm, model MLGPM40-50-, is selected.

(7) 50 Stroke or Less

0.4 MPa 0.5 MPa or more

V = 200 mm/s

(27) l 2 = 50 mm

V = 400 mm/s Horizontal Mounting

100

300

ø100 ø100 ø80

ø80

ø63

ø63

100

10 Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø50

ø40

ø32

ø50

ø100 ø80

ø63 ø50

ø40

ø40

ø32

ø32

ø25 ø25 ø20

2 5

10

100 Eccentric distance l1 (mm)

888

ø20

1

10

200

0.1 10

50 51 Stroke (mm)

100

200

300

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 889

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Operating pressure 0.4 MPa Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Upward Mounting (Slide Bearing) MLGPM20 to 100 (1) 50 Stroke or Less

(2) Over 50 Stroke

V = 200 mm/s

200

V = 200 mm/s

300

300

200

ø100

ø100

CLJ2

ø80

ø80

100

100

CLM2

ø63

ø63

ø50

ø50

ø40

ø40

CLG1 Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

CL1 ø32

10

ø25

MLGC

ø32

CNG

ø25

10

MNB ø20

ø20

5

CNA

5

CNS CLS CLQ 1

1 10

50

100

200

10

50

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

(3) 50 Stroke or Less

RLQ

200

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

(4) Over 50 Stroke

V = 400 mm/s

100

MLU MLGP

V = 400 mm/s

100

ML1C

ø100

ø100

50

50 ø80

ø80

ø63

ø63

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

100

ø50

10 ø40

ø50

10

ø40

5

5 ø32

ø32

ø25

D-

ø25

-X

1

ø20

ø20

Individual -X

0.7

1 10

50

100

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

200

10

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

889

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 890

Series MLGP Operating pressure 0.4 MPa Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Upward Mounting (Ball Bushing Bearing) MLGPL20, 25 (5) 30 Stroke or Less

(6) Over 30 stroke

V = 200 mm/s

V = 200 mm/s

20

20

ø25

10

10

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø20

5

5

ø25

ø20

1

1 10

50

100

10

200

50

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

100

200

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

MLGPL32 to 100 (7) 50 Stroke or Less

(8) Over 50 Stroke

V = 200 mm/s

300

V = 200 mm/s

300

ø100 ø100 ø80

100

100 ø80 ø63

ø63

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø50

ø40

ø32

ø50

ø40

10

10 ø32

2

2 5

10

100 Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

890

200

10

100 Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

200

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 891

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Vertical Upward Mounting (Ball Bushing Bearing)

Operating pressure: 0.4 MPa

MLGPL20, 25 (9) 30 Stroke or Less

(10) Over 30 Stroke

V = 400 mm/s

V = 400 mm/s

1

5

CLJ2 CLM2 CLG1

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

0.5 ø25

CL1 ø25

MLGC CNG MNB

ø20

CNA

ø20

CNS

1

CLS CLQ 0.7

0.1 10

50

100

200

10

50

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

100

200

RLQ

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

MLU MLGPL32 to 100 (11) 50 Stroke or Less

(12) Over 50 Stroke

V = 400 mm/s

100

MLGP V = 400 mm/s

50

ML1C

ø100

ø100 ø80

ø80

10 ø63

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø63

ø50

10 ø40

ø50 ø40

1 ø32

ø32

D- -X

1

Individual -X

0.1 10

50

100

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

200

10

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

891

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 892

Series MLGP Operating pressure 0.4 MPa Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Downward Mounting (Slide Bearing) MLGPM20 to 100 (13) 50 Stroke or Less

(14) Over 50 Stroke

V = 200 mm/s

ø100

ø100

ø100

ø100

ø80

100

ø80

100 ø80

ø80

ø63 ø63

ø63

ø50

Load mass m (kg)

ø50

Load mass m (kg)

V = 200 mm/s

ø40 ø50 ø40 ø32

10

ø40 ø50 ø40 ø32

10 ø25

ø25

ø32

ø32

ø20 ø20 ø25

ø25

ø20 ø20

1

1 10

50

100

10

200

50

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

(15) 50 Stroke or Less

200

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

(16) Over 50 Stroke

V = 400 mm/s

100

V = 400 mm/s

100 ø100

ø100

50

50 ø80

ø80

ø63

Load mass m (kg)

ø63

Load mass m (kg)

100

ø50

10 ø40

ø50

10

ø40

ø32

ø32

ø25 ø25

ø20

1

1 10

50

100

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

892

ø20

0.7 200

10

50

100

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

200

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 893

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Operating pressure 0.4 MPa Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Downward Mounting (Ball Bushing Bearing) MLGPL20, 25 (17) 30 Stroke or Less

(18) Over 30 Stroke

V = 200 mm/s

5

V = 200 mm/s

5 ø25

CLJ2 CLM2

ø25

CL1

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

CLG1 ø20

MLGC CNG

ø20

MNB CNA CNS CLS CLQ

1

1 10

50

100

200

10

50

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

100

200

RLQ

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

MLU MLGPL32 to 100 (19) 50 Stroke or Less

(20) Over 50 Stroke

V = 200 mm/s

200

MLGP V = 200 mm/s

ML1C

200 ø100 ø100

ø100

100

100

ø80

ø80

ø80 ø63

ø63

ø63

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø50 ø40 ø50 ø40 ø32

10

ø50

ø40

10 ø32

ø32

D- -X 1

Individual -X

1 5

10

50

100

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

200

10

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

893

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 894

Series MLGP Vertical Downward Mounting (Ball Bushing Bearing)

Operating pressure: 0.4 MPa

MLGPL20, 25 (21) 30 Stroke or Less

(22) Over 30 Stroke

V = 400 mm/s

V = 400 mm/s

0.5

5

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø25

ø25

ø20

ø20

0.1

1 50

10

100

10

200

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

MLGPL32 to 100 (23) 50 Stroke or Less

(24) Over 50 Stroke

V = 400 mm/s

100

V = 400 mm/s

100 ø100

ø80

ø100

ø80

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø63

ø50

ø63

10

ø50

10 ø40

ø40

ø32

1

ø32

2

0.3 10

50

100

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

894

200

10

50

100

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

200

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 895

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Horizontal Mounting (Slide Bearing) MLGPM20 to 100 (25) l 2 = 50 mm

(26) l 2 = 100 mm

V = 200 mm/s

50

V = 200 mm/s

50

ø100

CLJ2 ø100

ø100

ø80 ø50,63

ø100

CLM2

ø80

ø80

CLG1

ø32,40

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø80 ø50,63

10 ø32,40

ø50,63

ø50,63

CL1

10 ø32,40

ø25

ø32,40

MLGC

ø25

CNG MNB

ø20

ø20

CNA

ø25

CNS

ø20 ø25

CLS

ø20

CLQ 1

1 10

50 51

100

200

300

10

50 51

200

300

(28) l 2 = 100 mm

V = 400 mm/s

50

RLQ MLU

Stroke (mm)

Stroke (mm)

(27) l 2 = 50 mm

100

MLGP

V = 400 mm/s

50

ML1C ø100

ø100

ø80

ø80

ø63 ø50

ø100 ø100 ø80 ø80

ø63

ø63

ø63 ø50

ø50

ø50

ø40

ø40

ø40

ø32

Load mass m (kg)

10

Load mass m (kg)

10 ø40

ø32

ø32

ø25

ø32

ø25 ø25

ø25

ø20

ø20 ø20

ø20

1

D-

1

-X 0.5

0.5 10

50 51 Stroke (mm)

100

200

300

10

50 51

100

200

300

Stroke (mm)

895

Individual -X

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 896

Series MLGP Horizontal Mounting (Ball Bushing Bearing) (29) l 2 = 50 mm

(30) l 2 = 100 mm

V = 200 mm/s

MLGPL20/25

V = 200 mm/s

MLGPL20/25

10

10

ø25

ø25

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø25 ø20

ø20

ø25

ø25 ø20 ø20

ø20

ø25

ø20

1

1 10

30 31

100 101

200

300

10

30 31

100 101

300

Stroke (mm)

Stroke (mm)

MLGPL32 to 63

MLGPL32 to 63 30

30

ø50,63

ø50,63

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

200

ø50,63

ø32,40 ø50,63

10

ø50,63

ø32,40

10

ø32,40

ø32,40

ø50,63 ø32,40 ø32,40

5

5 10

50 51

100 101

200

300

10

50 51

100 101

200

300

200

300

Stroke (mm)

Stroke (mm)

MLGPL80/100

MLGPL80/100 40

40

ø100

ø100

ø80

ø80

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø100

ø100

ø80 ø100 ø80

ø100

ø80

10

10 ø80

6

6 10

25 26

50 51 Stroke (mm)

896

100

200

300

10

25 26

50 51 Stroke (mm)

100

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 897

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Horizontal Mounting (Ball Bushing Bearing) (31) l 2 = 50 mm

(32) l 2 = 100 mm

V = 400 mm/s

MLGPL20/25

V = 400 mm/s

MLGPL20/25

4

4

ø25

ø25

ø20

ø20

ø25

ø25

ø20

CLJ2

ø25

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø25

CLM2 CLG1 ø20

ø20

ø20

CL1 MLGC CNG

1

1 10

30 31

100 101

200

300

10

30 31

100 101

Stroke (mm)

200

300

CNA

Stroke (mm)

MLGPL32 to 63

MLGPL32 to 63

CNS

20

20

CLS

ø63 ø50

CLQ

ø50,63

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

MNB

ø50,63

10 ø40

ø40

ø40

ø50,63

10

ø50,63

RLQ MLU

ø40

ø50,63

MLGP

ø40 ø40

ø32

ø32

ML1C

ø32

ø32

ø32

ø32

4

4 10

50

51

100

101

200

300

10

50 51

Stroke (mm)

100 101

200

300

Stroke (mm)

MLGPL80/100

MLGPL80/100

40

40

ø100 ø100

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

ø100 ø80

ø80 ø100

ø100 ø80

ø80

ø100 ø80

10

D-

10

-X ø80 6

6 10

25 26

50 51 Stroke (mm)

100

200

300

10

25 26

50 51

100

200

300

Stroke (mm)

897

Individual -X

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 898

Series MLGP Operating Range when Used as Stopper

Warning 1. When using the cylinder as a stopper, do not allow workpieces to collide in the locked condition. If workpieces collide in the locked condition, the lock may disengage due to the shock, or the lock mechanism and piston rod may be damaged, causing a dramatic decrease of the product life and/ or further damage. 2. Model MLGPL (Ball bushing bearing) cannot be used as a stopper. When MLGPL (Ball bushing bearing) is used as a stopper, the impact will cause damage to the bearing unit and guide rod. 3. Adopt the pneumatic circuit on page 884 when it’s used as a stopper, so that workpiece does not collide in a lock state.

Caution 1. When using as a stopper, select a model with 25 stroke or less for bore sizes ø20 and ø25, and 50 stroke or less for bore sizes ø32 to ø100. 2. When selecting a model with a longer l dimension, be sure to choose a bore size which is sufficiently large.

Bore size ø20, ø25/MLGPM20/25 (Slide bearing) Operating Range as Stopper for MLGPM20/25

m

υ m

ø25

Mass of transferred object: m (kg)

υ

l =50 mm

l =50 mm

100

ø20

10 5

10

20

30

40

50

40

50

Transfer speed: υ (m/min)

Bore size ø32 to ø100/MLGPM32 to 100 (Slide bearing) Operating Range as Stopper for MLGPM32 to 100

m

υ m

Mass of transferred object: m (kg)

υ

l =50 mm

l =50 mm

1000

ø100 ø80 ø63 ø50 ø40 ø32

100

50 5

10

20

Transfer speed: υ (m/min)

898

30

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 899

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63, ø80, ø100 How to Order

MLGP M 32

CLJ2 CLM2

50 F M9BW

CLG1 Number of auto switches

Compact guide cylinder with lock

CL1

2 pcs. 1 pc. “n” pcs.

Nil S n

MLGC

Bearing type M L

Slide bearing Ball bushing bearing

Auto switch

20 mm 25 mm 32 mm 40 mm

MNB

∗ For the applicable auto switch model, refer to the table below.

Bore size 20 25 32 40

CNG

Without auto switch (Built-in magnet)

Nil 50 50 mm 63 63 mm 80 80 mm 100 100 mm

CNA

Locking direction

CNS

F Extension locking B Retraction locking

CLS

Port type Nil TN TF

Rc NPT G

CLQ RLQ

Cylinder stroke (mm)

MLU

Refer to “Standard Stroke” on page 900.

MLGP

Solid state switch

Type

Special function

— Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Water resistant (2-color indication)

Reed switch

Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

—

Electrical entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches. Wiring (Output)

3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) Grommet Yes 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire 2-wire (Non-polar) 3-wire Yes (NPN equivalent) Grommet 2-wire No

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ·········· Nil 1 m ·········· M 3 m ·········· L 5 m ·········· Z

Auto switch model

Load voltage DC

AC

Perpendicular

In-line

Lead wire length (m)

Pre-wired

0.5 1 3 5 connector (Nil) (M) (L) (Z)



—



Applicable load

ML1C



IC circuit — 12 V IC 5 V,12 V circuit Relay, 24 V — 12 V — PLC IC 5 V,12 V circuit 12 V — — — — IC — — — — — 5V A96 A96V — circuit 100V — — — — A93 A93V Relay, 12 V 24 V 100V or less A90V — — — IC circuit PLC A90 ∗ Solid state auto switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order. (Example) M9NW ∗ D-P4DW can be mounted on the bore sizes ø32 to ø100. (Example) M9NWM ∗ Only D-P4DW is assembled at the time of shipment. (Example) M9NWL (Example) M9NWZ 5 V,12 V

M9NV M9PV M9BV M9NWV M9PWV M9BWV M9NAV M9PAV M9BAV —

M9N M9P M9B M9NW M9PW M9BW M9NA M9PA M9BA P4DW

∗ Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 908 for details. ∗ For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785. ∗ Auto switches are shipped together (not assembled). (Except D-P4DW)

D- -X Individual -X

899

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 900

Series MLGP Cylinder Specifications Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Action Double acting Air Fluid Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Maximum operating pressure 1.0 MPa Minimum operating pressure 0.2 MPa Note) Ambient and fluid temperature –10 to 60°C (No freezing) Piston speed 50 to 400 mm/s Cushion Rubber bumper on both ends Lubrication Not required +1.5 Stroke length tolerance 0 mm Port size (Rc, NPT, G) 1/8 1/4 3/8 Note) When the unlocking air and cylinder operating air are not common, the minimum operating pressure is 0.15 MPa. (The minimum operating pressure for the cylinder alone is 0.15 MPa.)

Lock Specifications JIS Symbol Extension locking

Retraction locking

W

W

Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Lock operation Spring locking (Exhaust locking) Unlocking pressure 0.2 MPa or more Lock starting pressure 0.05 MPa or less Locking direction One direction (Extension locking, Retraction locking) Maximum operating pressure 1.0 MPa Unlocking port size (Rc, NPT, G) 1/8 1/4 M5 x 0.8 Holding force (Maximum static load) (N) Note) 157 245 402 629 982 1559 2513 3927 Note) Be sure to make cylinder selections in accordance with the method given on page 884.

Standard Stroke Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm) 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350

20,25 32 to 80 100

Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke Spacer installation type Spacers are installed in the standard stroke cylinders. ø20 to 32: Stroke can be modified by the 1 mm interval. ø40 to 100: Stroke can be modified by the 5 mm interval. Refer to “How to Order” for the standard model numbers. Part no. 1 to 349 ø20, ø25, ø32 Applicable stroke 5 to 345 ø40 to ø80 (mm) 25 to 345 ø100 Part no.: MLGPM20-39-F Example A 1 mm spacer is installed in MLGPM20-40-F. Dimension C is 77 mm. Description

Theoretical Output OUT

IN

(N)

Refer to pages 907 to 908 for cylinders with auto switches. . Minimum auto switch mounting stroke . Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and mounting height . Operating range . Switch mounting bracket: Part no.

Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area (mm) (mm) direction (mm2) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

10 12 16 16 20 20 25 30

Operating pressure (MPa) 0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

314

63

94

126

157

188

220

251

283

314

IN

236

47

71

94

118

142

165

189

212

236

OUT

491

98

147

196

246

295

344

393

442

491

IN

378

76

113

151

189

227

265

302

340

378

OUT

804

161

241

322

402

482

563

643

724

804

IN

603

121

181

241

302

362

422

482

543

603

OUT

1257

251

377

503

629

754

880 1006 1131 1257

634

739

845

950 1056

IN

1056

211

317

422

528

OUT

1963

393

589

785

982 1178

1374 1570 1767 1963

660

825

IN

1649

330

495

990

1154 1319 1484 1649

OUT

3117

623

935 1247 1559 1870

2182 2494 2805 3117

IN

2803

561

841 1121 1402 1682

1962 2242 2523 2803

OUT

5027

1005 1508 2011 2514 3016

3519 4022 4524 5027

IN

4536

907 1361 1814 2268 2722

3175 3629 4082 4536

OUT

7854

1571 2356 3142 3927 4712

5498 6283 7069 7854

IN

7147

1429 2144 2859 3574 4288

5003 5718 6432 7147

Note) Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area

900

0.6

OUT

(mm2)

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 901

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Mass Slide Bearing: MLGPM20 to 100 (kg) Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm) 20

25

30

40

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

300

350

20

0.84

—

0.92

1.00

1.08

1.34

1.54

1.74

1.93

2.13

2.33

2.80

3.20

3.59

25

1.22

—

1.32

1.43

1.54

1.92

2.19

2.46

2.74

3.01

3.28

3.94

4.48

5.03

32

—

2.09

—

—

2.47

2.87

3.25

3.64

4.02

4.40

4.78

5.73

6.49

7.26

40

—

2.44

—

—

2.86

3.32

3.74

4.17

4.59

5.02

5.44

6.48

7.34

8.19

50

—

4.13

—

—

4.77

5.50

6.14

6.78

7.42

8.06

63

—

5.23

—

—

5.99

6.83

7.59

8.34

9.10

9.85

80

—

8.50

—

—

100

—

—

—

—

9.44 15.3

10.4

11.6

12.9

10.7

8.70

12.5

14.0

15.5

10.7

11.7

12.6

13.6

14.5

15.5

17.9

19.8

21.6

17.0

18.3

19.7

21.0

22.3

23.6

27.0

29.6

32.3

Ball Bushing Bearing: MLGPL20 to 100

CLJ2 CLM2 CLG1 CL1 MLGC CNG

(kg)

MNB

Standard stroke (mm)

Bore size (mm)

20

25

30

40

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

300

350

20

0.86

—

0.93

1.05

1.13

1.30

1.47

1.68

1.85

2.03

2.20

2.58

2.93

3.28

25

1.22

—

1.31

1.49

1.58

1.81

2.05

2.32

2.55

2.78

3.01

3.51

3.98

4.44

32

—

1.89

—

—

2.20

2.65

2.97

3.34

3.66

3.97

4.29

4.98

5.61

6.24

40

—

2.16

—

—

2.58

3.07

3.43

3.85

4.21

4.57

4.93

5.71

50

—

3.69

—

—

4.33

5.08

5.63

6.27

6.82

7.37

7.92

9.15

63

—

4.77

—

—

5.53

6.40

7.06

7.82

8.48

9.15

9.81

80

—

8.11

—

—

9.25

100

—

—

—

—

14.7

6.43

7.15

10.3

11.4

11.3

12.7

14.0

10.6

11.4

12.2

13.0

13.9

14.7

16.6

18.2

19.9

16.5

17.6

18.8

20.0

21.2

22.4

25.0

27.3

29.7

Non-rotating Accuracy of Plate

Allowable Rotational Torque of Plate

T (N·m)

25 32 40 50 63 80 100

MLGPM

CLS CLQ RLQ

MLGP ±θ

20

CNS

MLU

Torque: T (N·m)

Bore size Bearing type (mm)

CNA

Stroke 20

25

30

40

50

75

0.77

—

0.70

0.64

0.59

1.62

100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 1.42

1.27

1.15

1.05

0.97

0.83

0.73

0.75

—

0.68

1.49

1.41

1.24

1.11

1.29

1.18

1.08

1.00

0.86

0.76

0.67

MLGPM

1.24

—

1.13

1.04

0.97

2.49

2.20

1.98

1.79

1.64

1.51

1.30

1.15

1.02

MLGPL

1.23

—

1.14

2.26

2.14

1.90

1.71

1.96

1.79

1.65

1.53

1.33

1.17

1.04

MLGPM

—

4.89

—

—

4.13

4.82

4.29

3.87

3.53

3.24

2.99

2.60

2.30

2.06

MLGPL

—

4.22

—

—

3.64

4.07

3.67

5.37

4.97

4.62

4.31

3.80

3.39

3.06

MLGPM

—

5.29

—

—

4.49

5.25

4.68

4.23

3.86

3.54

3.28

2.85

2.52

2.26

MLGPL

—

4.53

—

—

3.93

4.41

3.98

5.84

5.41

5.03

4.70

4.15

3.70

3.34

MLGPM

—

10.06

—

—

8.66 10.13

9.12

8.29

7.60

7.01

6.51

5.70

5.06

4.56

MLGPL

—

6.40

—

—

5.57

7.04

9.75

9.05

8.43

7.88

6.96

6.22

5.60

MLGPM

—

11.13

—

—

9.60 11.27 10.15

9.24

8.48

7.83

7.28

6.37

5.67

5.11

MLGPL

—

6.91

—

—

6.02

7.69 10.73

9.95

9.27

8.67

7.65

6.83

6.14

MLGPM

—

16.70

—

—

14.67 19.10 17.41 15.99 14.79 13.75 12.85 11.36 10.18

9.23

MLGPL

—

9.44

—

—

16.88 17.92 16.51 15.28 14.20 13.24 12.37 10.89

8.62

MLGPM

—

—

—

—

26.17 30.70 28.23 26.12 24.31 22.73 21.35 19.03 17.17 15.64

MLGPL

—

—

—

—

21.11 29.10 26.98 25.10 23.43 21.93 20.57 18.21 16.22 14.53

7.76 8.48

9.66

Note) For non-rotating accuracy θ without load, use a value no more than the values in the table as a guide.

Bore size (mm)

0.65

MLGPL

ML1C

20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Non-rotating accuracy θ MLGPM

MLGPL

±0.07°

±0.09°

±0.06°

±0.08°

±0.05°

±0.06°

±0.04°

±0.05°

D- -X

Note) Do not apply rotational force in a locked condition, as this will cause damage to the lock mechanism or decrease of the product life.

Individual -X

901

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 902

Series MLGP Construction: ø20, ø25, ø32 Series MLGPM

Series MLGPL 29

11 10 12 2 6 20 27 28 4 9 1 14 22 3 32 21 35 19 5 38

9

15

24

B' 18 25 A'

A

A'

A

B 16

26

Over 100 stroke

ø20, ø25: 50 stroke or less

Type F (Extension locking)

Type B (Retraction locking)

31 33 7 37 30 23 13 34

31 7 37 33 30 36 23 13 34

8

17

8

17

Section B-B'

Section A-A'

Section B-B'

Section A-A' ∗ Above figures show the unlocked state.

Component Parts Description Material No. Aluminum alloy 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Lock body Aluminum alloy 3 Piston ø20, 25 Stainless steel 4 Piston rod ø32 Carbon steel Aluminum alloy 5 Head cover Aluminum alloy 6 Intermediate collar Carbon steel 7 Lock ring Steel wire 8 Brake spring Carbon steel Type M 9 Guide rod Type L High carbon chrome bearing steel Rolled steel 10 Plate 11 Plate mounting bolt Chromium molybdenum steel Chromium molybdenum steel 12 Guide bolt ø20, 25 Oil-impregnated sintered alloy 13 Bushing Copper alloy ø32 Copper alloy 14 Bushing — 15 Ball bushing Aluminum alloy 16 Spacer Chromium molybdenum steel 17 Pivot Stainless steel 18 Dust cover

902

Component Parts Note Hard anodized Hard anodized Chromated Hard chrome plated Chromated Chromated Heat treated Zinc chromated Hard chromium electroplated Hard chromium electroplated Nickel plated Nickel plated Nickel plated

Type MLGPM Type MLGPL Chromated (Type MLGPL only) Heat treated/Hard chrome plated

No. 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Description Material Note Type C retaining ring for hole Phosphate coated Carbon tool steel Bumper A Urethane Bumper B Urethane Magnet — Parallel pin Stainless steel Hexagon socket head cap screw Chromium molybdenum steel Nickel plated Dust cover holding bolt Nickel plated Carbon steel Hexagon socket head plug Nickel plated Carbon steel Holder Type MLGPM only Resin Type MLGPM only Felt Felt Phosphate coated (Type MLGPL only) Type C retaining ring for hole Carbon tool steel Rod seal NBR Scraper NBR Piston seal NBR Lock ring seal NBR Gasket A NBR Gasket B NBR Lock body gasket NBR Nickel plated Unlocking bolt Chromium molybdenum steel Steel ball High carbon chrome bearing steel

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 903

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Construction: ø40 to ø100 Series MLGPM

Series MLGPL

12 11 7 13 2 37 38 6 32 33 41 23 4 10 1 15 25 39 3 42 24 22 5 43

10

16

34

44

29

B'

CLJ2

30

CLM2

21

A

A

A'

A'

CLG1

B

CL1 ø63

MLGC

17

31 14

CNG MNB

ø40 to ø63: Over 100 stroke

17

CNA CNS

ø50 to 100

ø80, ø100: Over 200 stroke

Type F (Extension locking)

35 22 41 36 40 28 20 8 26

CLS

35 22 41 20 28 40 36 8 26

CLQ

Type B (Retraction locking) 9

RLQ

9

MLU MLGP Section B-B' Section B-B' Section A-A'

∗ Above figures show the unlocked state.

Component Parts No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

ML1C

26 27 18 19

26 19 27 18

Description Material Note Hard anodized Aluminum alloy Body Hard anodized Aluminum alloy Lock body Chromated Aluminum alloy Piston Hard chrome plated Carbon steel Piston rod ø40 to 63 Chromated Aluminum alloy Head cover ø80, 100 Aluminum alloy casted Chromated/Painted Intermediate collar Aluminum alloy Chromated Aluminum alloy Hard anodized ø40 Collar Chromated/Painted ø50 to 100 Aluminum alloy casted Lock ring Carbon steel Heat treated Brake spring Steel wire Zinc chromated Carbon steel Hard chrome plated Type M Guide rod Hard chrome plated Type L High carbon chrome bearing steel Plate Rolled steel Nickel plated Plate mounting bolt Chromium molybdenum steel Nickel plated Chromium molybdenum steel Guide bolt ø40, Nickel plated Copper alloy ø50 to 100 Bushing Copper alloy Type MLGPM Bushing — Type MLGPL Ball bushing Aluminum alloy Chromated (Type MLGPL only) Spacer Carbon steel Heat treated/Zinc chromated Pivot pin Carbon steel Heat treated/Zinc chromated Pivot key Stainless steel Lever Rolled steel Nickel plated ø40 to 63 Dust cover Stainless steel ø80, 100

Section A-A'

Component Parts No. 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44

Description Type C retaining ring for hole Bumper A Bumper B Magnet Parallel pin Spring pin Hexagon socket countersunk head screw Hexagon socket head cap screw Dust cover ø40 to 63 holding bolt ø80, 100 Hexagon socket head plug Holder Felt Type C retaining ring for hole Rod seal A Rod seal B Rod seal C Scraper Piston seal Brake piston seal Gasket A Gasket B Steel ball Plug

Material Carbon tool steel Urethane Urethane — Stainless steel Carbon steel Chromium molybdenum steel Chromium molybdenum steel Chromium molybdenum steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Resin Felt Carbon tool steel NBR NBR NBR NBR NBR NBR NBR NBR High carbon chrome bearing steel Carbon steel

Note Phosphate coated

Nickel plated Nickel plated Nickel plated Nickel plated Nickel plated Type MLGPM only Type MLGPM only Phosphate coated (Type MLGPL only)

D- -X ø40, ø50 ø63 to 100, Nickel plated

903

Individual -X

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 904

Series MLGP Dimensions: ø20, ø25, ø32 øXA

depth 6 b

4 x YY depth YL

øXA H7

XB

H7

a

MLGPM/MLGPL

d

c X ±0.02

e 3 X

XA H7

T-slot dimensions

6 Bore size (mm)

Detailed figure of XX section

a 5.4 5.4 6.5

20 25 32 WB Z

e 7.8 8.2 9.5

d 2.8 3 3.5

c 4.5 4.5 5.5

b 8.4 8.4 10.5

Section XX

WA

Bottom view

Extension locking

Section XX

IA IC

IH

4 x NN through

Z

Retraction locking

4 x øOA through

WA

4 x OB counterbore depth OL

Section XX

L

IC

4 x MM depth ML

VB VA H

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

X±0.02 ID

øDB

PW

X U

IB øDA

X ±0.02

T R

IG

(OL)

øXA H7 depth 6 IF Unlocking port Unlocked when pressurized

Q S

GA PA + Stroke FA

FB

GB

2 x 1/8 (Rc, NPT, G) 2 x 1/8 (Rc, NPT, G) (Plug)

C + Stroke B + Stroke A + Stroke

øXAH7 depth 6

E

IE

IC

Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm)

20 25 32

20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350 25, 50, 75, 100, 125,1 50, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350

20 25 32

IH

J

K

L

6.5 21.2 18 7 23.2 21 8 30.2 24

18 21 24

24 30 34

Bore size (mm) st ≤ 25 20 — 25 — 32 24

B

MM

C

904

G

GA GB

H

A 50 < st ≤ 200 200 < st

DB

148.5 12 111 115.5 152.5 16 133.5 171.5 20

IF Retraction locking

OA OB OL PA PB PW

NN

Q

R

S

18 M5 x 0.8 5.4 9.5 5.5 12.5 10.5 25 26 M6 x 1.0 5.4 9.5 5.5 12.5 13.5 30 M8 x 1.25 6.6 11 7.5 7 15 35.5 30

70 78 96

30 38 44

T

U

81 54 91 64 110 78

120 120 124

200 200 200 (mm)

st ≤ 50 50 < st ≤ 200 200 < st

31.5 31.5 42.5

69 68.5 80.5

300 300 300

— — 33

72 82 98

— — 45

39 39 —

77 77 83

IE

— — 32

— — 3

Rc, NPT

M5 x 0.8 M5 x 0.8 M5 x 0.8 M5 x 0.8 1/8 M5 x 0.8

167 167 171

117 117 121

X 28 34 42

XA XB 3 4 4

YY

YL

Z

3.5 M6 x 1.0 12 4.5 M6 x 1.0 12 4.5 M8 x 1.25 16

17 17 21

A, DB, E Dimensions: MLGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A Bore size (mm) st ≤ 30 st ≤ 50 30 < st ≤ 100 50 < st ≤ 100 20 89.5 — 106.5 — 25 100 — 116 — 32 — 112.5 — 129.5

100 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 350

G

44 50 63

st ≤ 30 25 < st ≤ 100 30 < st ≤ 100 100 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 300 300 < st ≤ 350

29 29 —

G 6 7.5 4

ID

VA VB

WB

E 0 0 37.5

Extension locking

ML

M5 x 0.8 13 M6 x 1.0 15 M8 x 1.25 20

44 44 —

IB

79.5 37 10 84 37.5 12 91 37.5 16

WA — — 48

HA IA

Rc, NPT G Rc, NPT 10 32.5 36 10.5 8.5 83 M5 26.5 36 9.5 9.5 6 10 36.5 42 11.5 9 93 M5 30.5 40 10 10 7.5 12 41.5 48 12.5 9 112 M6 31.5 49 9 8 9

A, DB, E Dimensions: MLGPM (Slide bearing) Bore size (mm) st ≤ 50 20 79.5 25 84 32 128.5

DA FA FB

st ≤ 30 25 < st ≤ 100 30 < st ≤ 100 100 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 300 300 < st ≤ 350 st ≤ 25

24 24 —

K G

Note 1) The intermediate strokes other than the standard strokes at left are manufactured by means of installing a spacer. Intermediate strokes for ø20 to ø32 are available by the 1 mm interval. Note 2) For intermediate strokes, dimensions A, B, C, E, PA, WA, and WB will be the same as the standard stroke with a longer one. (mm)

Common Dimensions: MLGPM/MLGPL

Bore size IG (mm)

PB J

DB

130.5 148.5 10 135 152.5 13 149.5 171.5 16

(mm)

E st ≤ 30 st ≤ 50 30 < st ≤ 100 50 < st ≤ 100 100 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 350

10 16 —

— — 21.5

27 32 —

— — 38.5

51 51 58.5

69 68.5 80.5

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 905

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Dimensions: ø40, ø50, ø63 MLGPM/MLGPL

øXA H7 depth XL IH

XAH7

X ±0.02

XB

øXAH7

4 x YY depth YL

X

XC XL

CLJ2 CLM2

Detailed figure of XX section

CLG1 CL1

WB

Section XX Z

ø40

Bottom view

WA

MLGC

Retraction locking

Extension locking

CNG IA

IH

Section XX

Z

4 x øOA through 4 x øOB depth of counterbore depth OL

WA

IC

4 x NN through

Section XX

L

4 x MM depth ML

IC

CNA

VB VA H

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

X ±0.02 ID

X U PW

CNS CLS CLQ

øDB

IB

øDA

X ±0.02

T R

(OL)

RLQ

IF Unlocking port Unlocked when pressurized

GA

øXA H7 depth XL Q S

FA

2 x P (Rc, NPT, G)

GB

PA + Stroke C + Stroke B + Stroke A + Stroke

FB

J

ML1C

Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm)

B

C

DA FA FB

G

40 50 63

25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150 175, 200, 250, 300, 350

100 107 115

44 44 49

16 20 20

54 14 10 120 M6 34 64 14 11 148 M8 35 78 16.5 13.5 162 M10 38

40 50 63

K

L

34.5 27 38.5 32 46 39

27 32 39

40 46 58

MM

ML

NN

GA GB

OA OB OL

M8 x 1.25 20 M8 x 1.25 6.6 11 M10 x 1.5 22 M10 x 1.5 8.6 14 M10 x 1.5 22 M10 x 1.5 8.6 14

P

H

HA

PA PB PW

IA

Bore size (mm) 40 50 63

A st ≤ 50 50 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 350

131 141.5 144.5

136 153 156

174 196 199

DB 20 25 25

(mm)

E st ≤ 50 50 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 350

31 34.5 29.5

36 46 41

a

b

c

d

e

40 50 63

6.5 8.5 11

10.5 13.5 17.8

5.5 7.5 10

4 4.5 7

11 13.5 18.5 (mm)

d

IC IB Extension locking Retraction locking Rc, NPT G Rc, NPT G 52 11 13.8 6.5 4.5 62 13 15 6.8 4.8 79 16.5 16.2 7.5 6.5

Q

74 89 84

R

S

T

U

IF ID

IE

14 4 19 6.5 19 6.5

Rc,NPT

G

1/8 1/8 1/8

M5 x 0.8 M5 x 0.8 1/8

VA VB

7.5 1/8 13 18 39.5 30 104 44 118 86 106 72 1/4 40 130 60 146 110 130 92 9 21.5 47 9 1/4 14 28 58 50 130 70 158 124 142 110 9

WA WB Bore size X (mm) st ≤ 25 25 < st ≤ 100 100 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 300 300 < st ≤ 350 st ≤ 25 25 < st ≤ 100 100 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 300 300 < st ≤ 350 40 124 34 24 200 46 48 172 50 300 84 122 50 124 36 24 200 48 48 174 66 300 86 124 38 63 128 28 200 50 52 174 80 300 88 124

Dimensions A, DB, E: MLGPM (Slide bearing)

Bore size (mm)

a

b c

Common Dimensions: MLGPM/MLGPL

J

MLGP

K G

E

e

44 47 50

MLU PB

IE

manufactured by means of installing a spacer. Intermediate strokes for ø40 to ø63 are available by the 5 mm interval. Note 2) For intermediate strokes, dimensions A, B, C, E, PA, WA, and WB will be the same as the standard stroke with a longer one.

12 16 16

øXA H7 depth XL

2xP (Plug)

Note 1) The intermediate strokes other than the standard strokes at left are T-slot dimensions

Bore size IH (mm)

MNB

XA XB XC XL 4 5 5

4.5 6 6

3 4 4

6 8 8

YY

YL

Z

M8 x 1.25 16 M10 x 1.5 20 M10 x 1.5 20

22 24 24

D-

Dimensions A, DB, E: MLGPL (Ball bushing bearing)

(mm)

A Bore size (mm) st ≤ 50 50 < st ≤ 100 100 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 350 40 115 174 132 152 50 128 196 149 169 63 131 199 152 172

74 89 84

DB 16 20 20

-X

E

Individual -X

st ≤ 50 50 < st ≤ 100 100 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 350

15 21 16

32 42 37

52 62 57

905

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 906

Series MLGP Dimensions: ø80, ø100 MLGPM/MLGPL

ø6 H7 depth 10

c d

10

e

X ±0.02

X

5

6 H7

T-slot dimensions

Detailed figure of XX section

Bore size (mm)

80 100

WB Section XX

Z

IA

IH

e 22.5 30

d 8 10

c 12 13.5

b 20.3 23.3

a 13.3 15.3

Bottom view

WA

Extension locking Section XX 4 x NN through

a

b

ø6 H7

7

4 x YY depth YL

Z

Retraction locking

4 x øOA through 4 x øOB counterbore depth 8

WA

IC

4 x MM depth ML

Section XX

L

IC

VB VA H

ID

X ±0.02

øDB

PW

X U

IB øDA

X ±0.02

T R

IG

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

(8)

2 x 3/8 (Rc, NPT, G) (Plug) ø6 H7 depth 10

Q

IF Unlocking port Unlocked when pressurized FA

GB

FB

G

Note 1) The intermediate strokes other than the standard strokes at left are manufactured by means of installing a spacer. Intermediate strokes for ø80 and ø100 are available by the 5 mm interval. Note 2) For intermediate strokes, dimensions A, B, C, E, PA, WA, and WB will be the same as the standard stroke with a longer one.

A + Stroke

Common Dimensions: MLGPM/MLGPL

(mm)

IC

Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm)

80 100

25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350

B

DA FA FB

139.5 56.5 25 167.5 66 30

L 54 62

C

MM

G

GA GB GC

H

ML

NN

OA OB PA PB PW

M12 x 1.75 25 M12 x 1.75 10.6 17.5 14.5 25.5 74 M14 x 2.0 31 M14 x 2.0 12.5 20 17.5 32.5 89

Dimensions A, DB, E: MLGPM (Slide bearing)

(mm)

E st ≤ 50 50 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 350

18.5 21

45.5 46

HA IA

IB

Extension locking

IF Retraction locking

RC,NPT G RC,NPT 6.5 22 61 91.5 19 15.5 14.5 202 M12 43 110 18.5 18.5 23 11 25 76.5 111.5 23 19 18 240 M14 51.5 137 23

WA Bore size (mm) st ≤ 25 st ≤ 50 25 < st ≤ 100 50 < st ≤ 100 100 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 300 300 < st ≤ 350 st ≤ 25 80 42 52 — 28 — 128 200 300 100 — — 72 — 50 124 200 300

906

K

J E

ø6 H7 depth 10

JA

5.5

C + Stroke B + Stroke

A Bore size DB (mm) st ≤ 50 50 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 350 80 158 185 236 30 100 188.5 213.5 254.5 36

PB JB

PA + Stroke

S

Bore size IG IH J JA JB K (mm) 80 7 54.2 45.5 38 7.5 46 100 15 64.2 55.5 45 10.5 56

10

2 x 3/8 (Rc, NPT, G)

GC GA

96.5 87

Q

R

S

T

U

— 60

IE

Rc,NPT

G

1/8 1/4

1/8 1/8

30 5.5 50 5.5

VA VB

25 < st ≤ 100 50 < st ≤ 100 100 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 300 300 < st ≤ 350

54 —

ID

52 174 75 198 156 180 140 64 210 90 236 188 210 166 WB

st ≤ 50

G 6.5 7

— 71

92 97

128 135

178 185

X

YY

YL

Z

100 M12 x 1.75 24 124 M14 x 2.0 28

28 35

Dimensions A, DB, E: MLGPL (Ball bushing bearing)

(mm)

A E Bore size DB (mm) st ≤ 25 25 < st ≤ 50 50 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 350 st ≤ 25 25 < st ≤ 50 50 < st ≤ 200 200 < st ≤ 350 80 13 33.5 63.5 96.5 152.5 173 203 236 25 100 — 31 64 87 — 198.5 231.5 254.5 30

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 907

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End) and Its Mounting Height D-A9 D-A9V D-M9 D-M9V D-M9W D-M9WV D-M9AL D-M9AVL

D-Z7 D-Z80 D-Y59 D-Y69 D-Y7P D-Y7PV D-Y7W D-Y7WV D-Y7BA

Auto switch

ø20 to ø100

CLJ2 CLM2 CLG1 A

D-P5DWL (∗ Cannot be mounted on bore size ø25 or less.) ø32 to ø63

CL1

≅Hs

B

MLGC

ø80, ø100

CNG 16.5

16.5

MNB ≅Ht

CNA CNS CLS

Less than 25 to 75 strokes ≅Hs

∗ For bore sizes ø32 through 63 with two switches, one switch is mounted on each side.

≅Hs

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position Auto switch D-M9 model D-M9V

Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

D-M9W D-M9WV D-M9AL D-M9AVL A B

D-A9 D-A9V

A

B

D-Z7/Z80 D-Y59/Y7P D-Y69/Y7PV D-Y7W D-Y7WV D-Y7BAL A B

CLQ

≅Hs

RLQ

(mm)

MLU MLGP

D-P4DWL

ML1C A

B

9.5

12.5

5.5

8.5

4.5

7.5

—

—

9.5

13

5.5

9

4.5

8

—

—

10.5

12

6.5

8

5.5

7

5

6.5

14.5

14.5

10.5

10.5

9.5

9.5

9

9

12.5

16.5

8.5

12.5

7.5

11.5

7

11

15

19

11

15

10

14

9.5

13.5

18

23.5

14

19.5

13

18.5

12.5

18

22.5

28.5

18.5

24.5

17.5

23.5

17

23

Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting.

Auto Switch Mounting Height

(mm)

Auto switch D-A9/M9 model D-M9W

Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

D-M9AL D-Z7/Z80 D-Y59/Y7P D-Y7W D-Y7BAL Hs

D-A9V

D-M9V D-M9WV D-M9AVL

D-Y69 D-Y7PV D-Y7WV

D-P4DWL

Hs

Ht

Hs

Ht

Hs

Ht

Hs

Ht

18.5

22

—

24.5

—

20

—

—

—

20.5

24

—

26

—

21.5

—

—

—

23

26.5

—

29

—

24.5

—

41.5

—

27

30.5

—

33

—

28.5

—

44.5

—

32.5

36

—

38.5

—

34

—

50

—

39.5

43

—

45.5

—

41

—

57

—

40

43

71.5

45

74

41

70

61

84.5

50

53

83

55

85.5

51

81.5

71

96.5

D- -X Individual -X

907

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 908

Series MLGP Minimum Auto Switch Mounting Stroke (mm)

Auto switch model

No. of auto switch mounted

D-A9 D-A9V D-M9V

ø20

ø25

D-M9W D-M9WV D-M9AVL D-M9AL

ø40

ø50

1 pc.

5

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

5

2 pcs.

10 10

1 pc.

D-M9

ø32

10

1 pc.

10

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

10

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

10 5

2 pcs.

D-Y59 D-Y7P

2 pcs.

10

D-Y69 D-Y7PV

1 pc.

5

2 pcs.

5

1 pc.

10

2 pcs.

15

1 pc.

10

10 5

10

1 pc.

15

2 pcs.

D-P4DWL

ø100

15 10

1 pc.

D-Z7 D-Z80

D-Y7BAL

ø80

5

2 pcs.

2 pcs.

D-Y7W D-Y7WV

ø63

1 pc.

—

10

2 pcs., Different surfaces

— —

20

2 pcs., Same surface

75

∗ D-P4DW can be mounted on the bore sizes ø32 to ø100.

Operating Range

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket: Part No. (mm) Bore size (mm)

Auto switch model

20

25

32

40

50

D-A9/A9V

9

9

9

9.5

9.5

D-M9/M9V D-M9W/M9WV D-M9AL/M9AVL

5.5

5

6

5.5

6

10

10.5

10.5

7

6.5

6

D-Z7/Z80 D-Y5/Y6 D-Y7P/Y7PV D-Y7W/Y7WV D-Y7BAL D-P4DWL

10

63

80

100

10.5

10.5

6.5

6

7

10.5

11.5

11.5

12

7

8

9.5

10

11

Auto switch model

Bore size (mm)

ø20 to ø32

D-A9/A9V D-M9/M9V D-M9W/M9WV D-M9AL/M9AVL D-P4DWL

ø40 to ø100 BMG2-012

—

BMG1-040

. D-A9(V), M9(V), M9W(V), M9A(V)L

7.5

BMG2-012

—

—

5

4

4

5

4

4

∗ Since this is a guideline including hysteresis, not meant to be guaranteed. (Assuming approximately ±30% dispersion) There may be the case it will vary substantially depending on an ambient environment.

Other than the applicable auto switches listed in “How to Order”, the following auto switches can be mounted. For detailed specifications, refer to pages 1719 to 1827. Auto switch model Reed

Solid state

Model D-Z73, Z76 D-Z80 D-Y69A, Y69B, Y7PV D-Y7NWV, Y7PWV, Y7BWV D-Y59A, Y59B, Y7P D-Y7NW, Y7PW, Y7BW D-Y7BAL D-P5DWL

Electrical entry (Fetching direction)

Grommet (In-line) Grommet (Perpendicular)

Features

— Without indicator light

— Diagnostic indication (2-color)

—

Grommet (In-line)

Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Water resistant (2-color indication) Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

∗ For solid state auto switches, auto switches with a pre-wired connector are also available. Refer to pages 1784 and 1785. ∗ Normally closed (NC = b ) solid state auto switches (D-F9G/F9H/Y7G/Y7H types) are also available. Refer to pages 1746 and 1748 for details.

908

Compact Guide Cylinder /Wide type New ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63

Doubling the guide pitch triple the allowable plate rotational torque.

1.84 lbf ft (2.5 N m

For MGPWM20-50

Allowable rotational torque

0.55 lbf ft

0.75 N m)

Wide

Basic

Wide

Basic

• The allowable rotational torque of the plate is improved by up to 3 times by making the guide pitch twice the basic type and placing the guide components at an optimal location. • Suitable when used as a pusher or lifter.

Non-rotating accuracy of the plate improved

±0.03° Wide type

For MGPWL20

Non-rotating accuracy

±0.09° Basic type

For MGPL20

• The plate non-rotating accuracy is improved due to the increase in guide pitch.

Equivalent weight

New MGPWM Equivalent

Basic type

weight

to the basic type

• Although the volume is 170% more than the MGP basic type, the weight of the MGP wide type is equivalent to the basic type by changing the plate material and optimizing the component dimensions.

Series MGPW

CAT.NAS20-228A

Compact Guide Cylinder/Wide Type

3 bearing types are available for various applications. Slide bearing

Series MGPWM

Transfer of large workpieces

Suitable for lateral load applications

Slide bearing

Ball bushing Series MGPWL Smooth operation suitable for pusher and lifter

Ball bushing

High precision ball bushing Series MGPWA Suitable for minimizing plate displacement High precision ball bushing Load from lateral direction

Displacement

Knock pin hole available as made to order.

If a knock pin is required on the plate or body, "–XC56: With knock pin holes" model is available as a made to order. Plate

Small auto switches or magnetic field resistant auto switches can be mounted on 2 surfaces. 2-color display solid state auto switch

Body

D-M9 Reed auto switch

D-A9 Magnetic field resistant 2-color display solid state auto switch

D-P3DW

The D-Y7 and D-Z7 auto switches are not mountable.

Top ported

3 mounting types are possible. 1. Top mounting

Side porting is available as made to order. The port is located on the top of the body in the standard type, but if side porting is required, it is also available. (−X867: Side porting type)

Features 1

2. Side mounting

3. Bottom mounting

Series MGPW

Compact Guide Cylinders, Series Variations Series

Bearing type

Bore size (mm)

6

10

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

Page

80 100

CAT.ES20-219

Basic type/MGP

Slide bearing

With air cushion/MGP-A

Best Pneumatics

Ball bushing

P.289

High precision ball bushing

With end lock/MGP-H/R

Best Pneumatics

P.307

LOCK

Slide bearing

Wide type/MGPW

Ball bushing

New

Page 2 of this catalog

High precision ball bushing

Best Pneumatics

Clean series/12/13-MGP Ball bushing

P.283

Best Pneumatics

Water-resistant/MGP R/V

P.283

Heavy duty guide rod type/MGPS

Best Pneumatics

Slide bearing

P.319

Miniature Guide Rod Cylinder/MGJ

Best Pneumatics

P.255

Best Pneumatics

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock/MLGP

Slide bearing CK LO

P.881

Ball bushing Hygienic Design Cylinder/HYG

Best Pneumatics

Slide bearing

New

P.873

Series MGPW (Wide type), Stroke Variations Bearing type

Bore size (mm)

MGPWM Slide bearing

20

MGPWL Ball bushing

32

MGPWA High precision ball bushing

Stroke (mm)

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

25 40 50 63

Features 2

Series MGPW

Specific Product Precautions

Be sure to read before handling. Refer to back cover for Safety Instructions, “Handling Precautions for SMC Products” (M-E03-3) and the Operation Manual for Actuator, Precautions and Auto Switch Precautions. Please it via our website, http://www.smcworld.com

Mounting

Mounting

Warning

Caution

1. Never place your hands or fingers between the plate and the body. Be very careful to prevent your hands or fingers from getting caught in the gap between the cylinder body and the plate when air is applied.

7. Tighten the screws to the correct tightening torques specified in the table below when mounting parts on top of the cylinder.

LA

Caution 1. Use cylinders within the piston speed range. An orifice is set for this cylinder, but the piston speed may exceed the operating range if the speed controller is not used. If the cylinder is used outside the operating speed range, it may cause damage to the cylinder and shorten the service life. Adjust the speed by installing the speed controller and use the cylinder within the limited range.

Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63

2. Pay attention to the operating speed when the product is mounted vertically. When using the product in the vertical direction, if the load factor is large, the operating speed can be faster than the control speed of the speed controller (i.e. quick extension). In such cases, it is recommended to use a dual speed controller.

3. Do not scratch or gouge the sliding portion of the piston rod and the guide rod. Damaged seals, etc. will result in leakage or malfunction.

4. Do not dent or scratch the mounting surface of a body and a plate.

M5 M6 M8

Caution

Load mass and a maximum speed must be within the ranges shown in the graph below.

MGPW with Rubber Bumper

ø63

100

5. Make sure that the cylinder mounting surface has a flatness of 0.05 mm or less.

ø50 ø40

Insufficient flatness of a workpiece or bracket mounted on the mounting surface or plate of the cylinder and other parts can cause defective operation and an increase in the sliding resistance.

ø32 ø25

6. Bottom of cylinder

10

øD By port dia.

Load mass (kg)

ø20

1

B ± 0.2

C ± 0.2

LA dimension (mm) 30.5 2.21 to 2.95 (3.0 to 4.0) 36.5 40.5 3.84 to 4.72 (5.2 to 6.4) 46.5 54.5 9.22 to 11.4 (12.5 to 15.5) 68.5 Tightening torque lbf ft (N m)

Allowable Kinetic Energy

The flatness of the mounting surface may not be maintained, which would cause an increase in sliding resistance.

The guide rods protrude from the bottom of the cylinder at the end of the retracting stroke, and therefore, in cases where the cylinder is to be bottom mounted, it is necessary to provide by ports in the mounting surface for the guide rods, as well as holes for the hexagon socket head cap screws which are used for mounting.

Hexagon socket head cap screw

0.1

A ± 0.2

0.05 Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63

1

A

(mm) 126 146 176 192 240 266

B

(mm) 24 30 34 40 46 58

D (mm) Hexagon socket (mm) MGPWM MGPWL/A head cap screw C

108 128 156 172 220 248

12 14 18 18 22 22

12 15 18 18 22 22

M5 x 0.8 M6 x 1.0 M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

100

1000 Maximum speed (mm/s)

Other

Caution Do not use this cylinder as a stopper.

Compact Guide Cylinder/Wide Type

Series MGPW

ø20, ø25, ø32, ø40, ø50, ø63 How to Order

Compact Guide Cylinder

MGP W M 25

50 M9BW Number of auto switches

Compact Guide Cylinder

Nil

Wide type Auto switch

Bearing type Slide bearing M Ball bushing L A High precision ball bushing

Nil

40 50 63

20 mm 25 mm 32 mm

Without auto switch (Built-in magnet)

For applicable auto switch model, refer to the table below.

Bore size 20 25 32

2 pcs. 1 pc. n pcs.

S n

Cylinder stroke (mm)

40 mm 50 mm 63 mm

Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 3.

Port thread type Nil

Rc NPT G

TN TF

Reed auto switch

Solid state auto switch

Type

Special function

Electrical entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 in Best Pneumatics No. 3 for further information on auto switches. Load voltage

Wiring (Output)

3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) Diagnostic indication 3-wire (PNP) Grommet Yes (2-color display) 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) Water-resistant 3-wire (PNP) (2-color display) 2-wire 2-wire (Non-polar) Magnetic field resistant (2-color display) 3-wire Yes (NPN equivalent) Grommet — 2-wire No

DC

Auto switch model AC

5 V,12 V

—

12 V 5 V,12 V 24 V

12 V

—

5 V,12 V 12 V — — 24 V

Perpendicular

M9NV M9PV M9BV M9NWV M9PWV M9BWV M9NAV M9PAV M9BAV —

In-line

M9N M9P M9B M9NW M9PW M9BW M9NA M9PA M9BA P3DW

Lead wire length (m) 0.5 1 3 5 Pre-wired (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) connector

Applicable load IC circuit — IC circuit —

Relay, PLC

IC circuit —

—

5V

—

A96V

A96

—

12 V

100 V 100 V or less

A93V A90V

A93 A90

— —

—

—

IC circuit

—

— —

— Relay, IC circuit PLC

—

Water-resistant type auto switch can be mounted to the models with the above mentioned part numbers, but this does not guarantee the water resistance of the cylinder. A water-resistant type cylinder is recommended for use in an environment which requires water resistance. Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ……… Nil (Example) M9NW Solid state auto switches marked with “ ” are produced upon receipt of order. 1 m ……… M (Example) M9NWM Bore sizes ø32 to ø63 are available for the D-P3DW. 3 m ……… L (Example) M9NWL 5 m ……… Z (Example) M9NWZ Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 19 for details. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785 in Best Pneumatics No. 3. For the D-P3DW , refer to the catalog CAT. ES20-201. Auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled).

2

Series MGPW Specifications 20

Bore size (mm)

25

32

Action

40

50

63

Double acting

Fluid

Air

Proof pressure

218 psi (1.5 MPa)

Maximum operating pressure

145 psi (1.0 MPa)

Minimum operating pressure

14.5 psi (0.1 MPa)

Ambient and fluid temperature

14 to 140 °F (−10 to 60°C) (No freezing)

Piston speed Note)

50 to 500 mm/s

Cushion

Rubber bumper on both ends

Lubrication

Not required (Non-lube) +1.5 0

Stroke length tolerance

mm

Note) Speed with no load

Standard Strokes Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm)

20 to 63

25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200

Refer to pages 18 to 20 for cylinders with auto switches. · Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height · Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting · Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.

to Made Order

Manufacture of Intermediate Strokes

Made to Order

(For details, refer to pages 22 and 23.)

Symbol

Description

Spacer installation Spacers are installed in the standard stroke cylinder. • ø20 to ø32: Available by the 1 mm stroke interval. • ø40 to ø63: Available by the 5 mm stroke interval.

Part no.

Refer to “How to Order” for the standard model numbers.

Applicable stroke (mm)

Description

-XC56 With knock pin holes -X867 Side porting type

ø20 to ø32

1 to 199

ø40 to ø63

5 to 195

Part no.: MGPWM20-49 A spacer 1 mm in width is installed in a MGPWM20-50. C dimension (Body length): 84 mm

Example

Theoretical Output OUT

IN

lbf (N) Operating pressure psi (MPa) Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area (mm) (mm) direction (mm2)

20 25 32 40 50 63

10 10 14 14 18 18

29 (0.2)

44 (0.3)

73 (0.5)

87 (0.6)

102 (0.7)

116 (0.8)

131 (0.9)

145 (1.0)

OUT

314

14.2 (63)

21.2 (94)

28.3 (126)

35.3 (157)

42.3 (188)

49.5 (220)

56.4 (251)

63.6 (283)

IN

236

10.6 (47)

16.0 (71)

21.1 (94)

26.5 (118)

31.7 (141)

37.1 (165)

42.3 (188)

47.6 (212)

53.1 (236)

OUT

491

22.0 (98)

33.0 (147)

44.0 (196)

55.1 (245)

66.3 (295)

77.3 (344)

88.3 (393)

99.4 (442)

110.4 (491)

IN

412

18.4 (82)

27.9 (124)

37.1 (165)

46.3 (206)

55.5 (247)

65.0 (289)

74.2 (330)

83.4 (371)

92.6 (412)

OUT

804

36.2 (161)

54.2(241)

72.4 (322)

90.4 (402)

108.6 (483)

126.6 (563)

144.6 (643)

162.8 (724)

180.7 (804)

70.6 (314)

102.3 (455)

IN

650

29.2 (130)

43.8 (195)

58.4 (260)

73.1 (325)

87.7 (390)

116.9 (520)

131.5 (585)

146.1 (650)

OUT

1257

56.4 (251)

84.8(377)

113.0 (503)

141.2 (628)

169.5 (754)

197.8 (880) 226.0 (1005)

254.3 (1131)

282.6 (1257)

123.9 (551)

148.8 (662)

173.6 (772)

IN

1103

49.7 (221)

74.4 (331)

99.1 (441)

OUT

1963

88.3 (393)

132.4 (589)

176.5 (785)

IN

1709

76.9 (342)

115.3 (513)

153.8 (684)

OUT

3117

140.4 (623)

210.1 (935) 280.3 (1247)

IN

2863

128.8 (573)

193.1 (859) 257.4 (1145)

Note) Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm2)

3

58 (0.4)

198.3 (882)

223.0 (992)

248.0 (1103)

220.8 (982) 264.8 (1178) 308.9 (1374) 353.2 (1571) 192.2 (855) 230.4 (1025) 268.8 (1196) 307.3 (1367)

397.2 (1767)

441.3 (1963)

345.8 (1538)

384.2 (1709)

350.5 (1559) 420.4 (1870) 490.5 (2182) 560.7 (2494) 321.7 (1431) 386.2 (1718) 450.5 (2004) 514.8 (2290)

630.8 (2806)

700.7 (3117)

579.1 (2576)

643.6 (2863)

Compact Guide Cylinder/Wide Type Series

MGPW

Weight Slide Bearing: MGPWM Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63

(kg) Standard stroke (mm)

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

0.63

0.86

1.11

1.33

1.54

1.76

1.98

2.20

0.84

1.11

1.47

1.74

2.01

2.28

2.55

2.82

1.31

1.71

2.22

2.61

3.00

3.38

3.77

4.15

1.53

1.98

2.54

2.97

3.40

3.83

4.26

4.69

2.45

3.12

4.01

4.66

5.31

5.96

6.61

7.26

3.25

4.07

5.12

5.91

6.71

7.51

8.31

9.11

Ball Bushing: MGPWL/High Precision Ball Bushing: MGPWA Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63

(kg)

Standard stroke (mm) 25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

0.65

0.92

1.15

1.37

1.61

1.83

2.05

2.28

0.89

1.23

1.52

1.81

2.11

2.40

2.68

2.97

1.36

1.76

2.22

2.61

3.03

3.41

3.80

4.18

1.58

2.02

2.53

2.96

3.43

3.86

4.29

4.72

2.51

3.19

3.94

4.59

5.26

5.91

6.55

7.20

3.32

4.14

5.04

5.84

6.66

7.46

8.26

9.06 1 kg = 2.2 lb

Allowable Rotational Torque of Plate Torque: T (N·m)

T (N·m) Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63

Bearing type

MGPWM MGPWL/A MGPWM MGPWL/A MGPWM MGPWL/A MGPWM MGPWL/A MGPWM MGPWL/A MGPWM MGPWL/A

Stroke (mm) 25

50

75

2.10

1.63

1.74

100 1.51

125 1.34

150 1.20

175 1.08

200 0.99

3.97

4.36

3.46

2.87

3.93

3.45

3.07

2.76

3.53

2.74

3.28

2.90

2.59

2.34

2.14

1.97

6.88

6.78

5.43

4.51

6.27

5.51

4.90

4.40

7.98

6.39

7.00

6.19

5.54

5.02

4.59

4.22

11.13

8.48

11.14

9.36

12.46

11.00

9.83

8.87

8.80

7.04

7.72

6.82

6.11

5.54

5.06

4.66

12.26

9.34

12.27

10.31

13.73

12.12

10.83

9.77

17.57

14.28

16.17

14.44

13.04

11.89

10.93

10.11

17.08

13.20

19.64

16.62

20.45

18.10

16.19

14.61

19.80

16.09

18.23

16.28

14.70

13.41

12.32

11.40

19.18

14.81

22.07

18.66

22.98

20.33

18.18

16.39

·

1 N·m = 0.737 lbf ft

Non-rotating Accuracy of Plate + –

Non-rotating accuracy when the plate is retracted and when no load is applied is not more than the values shown in the table as a guide line. Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63

Non-rotating accuracy

MGPWM

MGPWL

MGPWA

±0.03°

±0.01°

±0.05° ±0.04°

±0.03°

4

Series

MGPW

High Precision Ball Bushing/MGPWA Plate Displacement Amount (Reference Values) Load from lateral direction Displacement

0.5 0.4

MGPWA20-200 MGPWA20-150

0.3

MGPWA20-100

0.2

MGPWA20-50

0.1 0

0

20 40 Load from lateral direction (N)

60

Plate displacement amount (mm)

0.4

32

MGPWA 40-200 32

MGPWA 40-150

0.3

32

0.2

MGPWA 40-100

0.1

MGPWA 32 40-50

0

0

40

60

80

100

0.4

MGPWA25-200 0.3

MGPWA25-150

0.2

MGPWA25-100

0.1

MGPWA25-50 20

40

60

80

0.5 50

0.4

MGPWA 63-200

0.3

50

MGPWA 63-150

0.2

MGPWA 50 63-100

0.1 0

0

Load from lateral direction (N) Note 1) The guide rod and self-weight for the plate are not included in the above displacement values. Note 2) Allowable rotating torque, and operating range when used as a lifter, are the same as MGPWL series.

5

20

MGPWA50, 63

0.5

0

0.5

Load from lateral direction (N)

MGPWA25

0

Plate displacement amount (mm)

MGPWA32, 40

Plate displacement amount (mm)

Plate displacement amount (mm)

MGPWA20

20

40

60

MGPWA 50 63-50

80

100

Load from lateral direction (N) 1 N = 0.2248 lbf

Series

MGPW

Model Selection Selection Conditions Vertical L

Horizontal L

L L

m

m

Mounting orientation m

Maximum speed (mm/s)

200 or less

400

m

200 or less

400

Graph (Slide bearing type)

(1), (2)

(3), (4)

(17), (18)

(19), (20)

Graph (Ball bushing type)

(5) to (10)

(11) to (16)

(21) to (24)

(25) to (28)

Selection Example 1 (Vertical Mounting)

Selection Example 2 (Horizontal Mounting)

Selection conditions Mounting: Vertical Bearing type: Ball bushing Stroke: 50 stroke Maximum speed: 200 mm/s Load mass: 5 kg Eccentric distance: 90 mm Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 3 kg and the eccentric distance of 90 mm on graph (6), based on vertical mounting, ball bushing, 50 stroke, and the speed of 200 mm/s. MGPWL20-50 is selected.

Selection conditions Mounting: Horizontal Bearing type: Slide bearing Distance between plate and load center of gravity: 50 mm Maximum speed: 200 mm/s Load mass: 2 kg Stroke: 30 stroke Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 2 kg and 30 stroke on graph (17), based on horizontal mounting, slide bearing, the distance of 50 mm between the plate and load center of gravity, and the speed of 200 mm/s. MGPWM20-30 is selected.

(6) 26 to 100 stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

(17) L = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less 220 (100)

22 (10)

ø25

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

ø20

2.2 (1)

ø50, ø63

ø50, ø63

22 (10) ø32, ø40

ø32, ø40

ø25 ø20

0.2 (0.1) 10

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

2.2 (1) 10

ø25 ø20

50 51

100

200

Stroke (mm)

· When the maximum speed exceeds 200 mm/s, the allowable load mass is determined by multiplying the value shown in the graph at 400 mm/s by the coefficient listed in the table below. Max. speed Up to 300 mm/s Up to 400 mm/s Up to 500 mm/s Coefficient 1.7 1 0.6

6

Series

MGPW

Vertical Mounting

L

L m

m

Slide bearing

Operating pressure 73 psi (0.5 MPa)

MGPWM20 to 63 (2) Over 50 stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

(1) 50 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less 220 (100)

22 (10)

220 (100)

ø63

ø63

ø50

ø50

ø40

ø40

ø32

22 (10)

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

ø25 ø20

2.2 (1)

ø32 ø25 ø20

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1) 10

100

0.2 (0.1) 10

Eccentric distance L (mm)

(3) 50 stroke or less, V = 400 mm/s or less

(4) Over 50 stroke, V = 400 mm/s or less

220 (100)

220 (100)

ø63

ø63 22 (10)

ø50

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

ø40 ø32 ø25 2.2 (1) ø20

ø50 ø40

ø32 ø25 2.2 (1)

ø20

0.2 (0.1) 10

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

7

0.2 (0.1) 10

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

L

L m

Vertical Mounting

Model Selection

m

Ball bushing

Series MGPW Operating pressure 73 psi (0.5 MPa)

MGPWL20 to 25, MGPWA20 to 25 (5) 25 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(6) Over 26 stroke, 100 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less 22 (10)

ø25

ø25

ø20

ø20

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1) 10

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1) 10

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

(7) Over 101 stroke, 200 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less 22 (10)

ø25

Load mass m lb (kg)

ø20

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1) 10

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

8

Series

MGPW

Vertical Mounting

L

L m

m

Ball bushing

Operating pressure 73 psi (0.5 MPa)

MGPWL32 to 63, MGPWA32 to 63 (8) 50 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(9) Over 51 stroke, 100 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less

220 (100)

220 (100)

ø63

ø63

ø50

ø50

ø40

ø40

ø32

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1)

2.2 (1)

1

10

100

Eccentric distance L (mm)

220 (100)

ø63 ø50 ø40 ø32

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1)

10

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

0.2 (0.1)

10

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

(10) Over 101 stroke, 200 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less

9

ø32

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

L

L m

Vertical Mounting

Model Selection

m

Ball bushing

Series MGPW Operating pressure 73 psi (0.5 MPa)

MGPWL20 to 25, MGPWA20 to 25 (11) 25 stroke or less, V = 400 mm/s

(12) Over 26 stroke, 100 stroke or less, V = 400 mm/s 22 (10)

ø25

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

2.2 (1) ø20

0.2 (0.1) 10

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

ø25 2.2 (1)

ø20

0.2 (0.1) 10

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

(13) Over 101 stroke, 200 stroke or less, V = 400 mm/s

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

2.2 (1)

ø25

ø20

0.2 (0.1) 10

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

10

Series MGPW Vertical Mounting

L

L m

m

Ball bushing

Operating pressure 73 psi (0.5 MPa)

MGPWL32 to 63, MGPWA32 to 63 (14) 50 stroke or less, V = 400 mm/s

(15) Over 51 stroke, 100 stroke or less, V = 400 mm/s

220 (100)

220 (100)

ø63 22 (10)

ø50

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

ø63

ø40 ø32

2.2 (1)

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

220 (100)

ø63 Load mass m lb (kg)

ø32

ø50 ø40

ø32

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1) 10

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

0.2 (0.1) 10

100 Eccentric distance L (mm)

(16) Over 101 stroke, 200 stroke or less, V = 400 mm/s

11

ø40

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1) 10

22 (10)

ø50

Model Selection Series

L L

Horizontal Mounting

m

Slide bearing

MGPW

m

MGPWM20 to 63 (17) L = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

(18) L = 100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less 220 (100)

ø50, ø63

ø50, ø63

22 (10) ø32, ø40

ø32, ø40

ø25 ø20

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

220 (100)

22 (10)

ø50, ø63 ø32, ø40

ø25 ø25

ø20

50 51

100

2.2 (1) 10

200

Stroke (mm)

50 51

100

200

100

200

(20) L = 100 mm, V = 400 mm/s

220 (100)

220 (100)

ø63

ø63

ø50

ø50

ø40

ø40

ø32

ø32

ø25

ø25

ø20

ø20

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1) 10

50 51 Stroke (mm)

22 (10) Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

ø20

Stroke (mm)

(19) L = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s

22 (10)

ø32, ø40

ø25

ø20

2.2 (1) 10

ø50, ø63

ø50, ø63

ø50, ø63

ø40

ø40

ø32

ø32

ø25 ø20 2.2 (1)

100

200

0.2 (0.1) 10

ø25 ø20

50 51 Stroke (mm)

12

Series

MGPW

Horizontal Mounting

L L

m

Ball bushing

m

MGPWL20 to 25, MGPWA20 to 25 (21) L = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

(22) L = 100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less 220 (100)

22 (10) ø25

ø25

ø25

ø20

ø20

ø20

2.2 (1) 10

25 26

100 101

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

220 (100)

ø50, ø63

22 (10)

ø32, ø40

2.2 (1) 10

200

ø50, ø63

ø50, ø63

ø32, ø40

ø32, ø40

50 51

Stroke (mm)

100 101

200

Stroke (mm)

MGPWL32 to 63, MGPWA32 to 63 (23) L = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

(24) L = 100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

22 (10)

220 (100)

ø25 ø20

2.2 (1) 10

ø25

ø25

ø20

ø20

25 26

100 101 Stroke (mm)

13

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

220 (100)

200

ø50, ø63 ø50, ø63 ø32, ø40

22 (10)

ø50, ø63 ø32, ø40

ø32, ø40

2.2 (1) 10

50 51

100 101 Stroke (mm)

200

Model Selection Series

L L

Horizontal Mounting

m

Ball bushing

MGPW

m

MGPWL20 to 25, MGPWA20 to 25 (25) L = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s or less

(26) L = 100 mm, V = 400 mm/s or less

20 (10)

200 (100)

ø25

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

ø25

ø25 2.2 (1) ø20

ø20 ø20

0.2 (0.1) 10

25 26

100 101

ø63

ø63

ø50

ø50

ø50

ø40

ø40

ø40

ø32

ø32

ø32

ø63

22 (10)

0.2 (1) 10

200

50 51

Stroke (mm)

100 101

200

Stroke (mm)

MGPWL32 to 63, MGPWA32 to 63 (27) L = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s or less

(28) L = 100 mm, V = 400 mm/s or less 220 (100)

Load mass m lb (kg)

ø25

ø20

ø25

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

ø25

ø20 ø20

2.2 (1)

25 26

100 101 Stroke (mm)

200

ø63

ø50

ø50

ø40

ø40

ø32

ø32

ø63 22 (10)

ø50 ø40

ø32

0.2 (0.1) 10

ø63

2.2 (1) 10

50 51

100 101

200

Stroke (mm)

14

Series MGPW Construction/Series MGPWM, MGPWL, MGPWA MGPWM20 to 63

ø40 or more

MGPWL20 to 63 MGPWA20 to 63

100 stroke or less ø40 or more

Over 100 stroke

Component Parts No. Description 1 Body 2 Piston 3

Piston rod

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Collar Head cover Guide rod Plate Plate mounting bolt Guide bolt Retaining ring Retaining ring Bumper A Bumper B Magnet Slide bearing

15

Component Parts Material Aluminum alloy Aluminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel Aluminum alloy Aluminum alloy Carbon steel Aluminum alloy Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon tool steel Carbon tool steel Urethane Urethane – Babbitt

Note Hard anodized Chromated ø20 to ø25 ø32 to ø63 Hard chrome plated Chromated Chromated Hard chrome plated Anodized Nickel plated Nickel plated Phosphate coated Phosphate coated

No. 16 17 18 19 20 21

Description Ball bushing Spacer Piston seal Rod seal Gasket A Gasket B

Material

Note

Aluminum alloy NBR NBR NBR NBR

Replacement Parts/Seal Kit Bore size (mm)

Kit no.

Contents

Bore size (mm)

Kit no.

Contents

20 25 32

MGP20-Z-PS MGP25-Z-PS MGP32-Z-PS

Set of nos. above , , ,

40 50 63

MGP40-Z-PS MGP50-Z-PS MGP63-Z-PS

Set of nos. above , , ,

Seal kit includes to . Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)

Compact Guide Cylinder/Wide Type Series

MGPW

ø20 to ø63/MGPWM Z

Stroke

4 x YY depth YL

Z

L

Stroke

4 x MM depth ML

V H

X U

PW

T R

øDA

4 x NN through

øDB

2xP

OL GA FA

GB

4 x øOA through

FB

Q

2 x øOB counterbore

C + Stroke

S

B + Stroke

J E

K G

A + Stroke For intermediate strokes other than standard strokes, refer to “Manufacture of Intermediate Strokes” on page 3.

MGPWM Common Dimensions Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63

Standard stroke (mm)

25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200

(mm)

A

50 st or less

Over 50 stroke

62 63.5 76.5 76.5 85 85

92 113.5 116.5 116.5 135 135

Bore size (mm)

MM

ML

NN

OA

OB

OL

20 25 32 40 50 63

M5 x 0.8 M6 x 1 M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

13 15 20 20 22 22

M5 x 0.8 M6 x 1 M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

5.4 5.4 6.7 6.7 8.6 8.6

9.5 9.5 11 11 14 14

30.5 36.5 40.5 46.5 54.5 68.5

B

C

DA

DB

44.5 47 52 56 60.5 67.5

34 35 37 41 42 49

10 10 14 14 18 18

10 12 16 16 20 20

Nil Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc1/4

P TN

TF

NPT1/8 NPT1/8 NPT1/8 NPT1/8 NPT1/4 NPT1/4

G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4

E 50 st or less

Over 50 stroke

17.5 16.5 24.5 20.5 24.5 17.5

47.5 66.5 64.5 60.5 74.5 67.5

FA

FB

G

GA

GB

7.5 9 10 10 12.5 12.5

3 3 5 5 6 6

36 42 48 54 64 78

9.9 7.5 10.3 8.7 11.4 9 13.5 10.5 14 11.1 15.5 13.5

H

J

K

L

137 157 190 206 258 286

18 21 24 27 32 39

18 21 24 27 32 39

24 30 34 40 46 58

PW

Q

R

S

T

U

V

X

YY

YL

Z

17 18 26 27 28.5 30

14 16 20 20 26 30

64 68 78 92 132 160

24 26 35 35 44 48

123 146 178 193 247 274

108 128 156 172 220 248

126 146 176 192 240 266

76 92 112 128 168 196

M6 x 1 M6 x 1 M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

9 9 12 12 15 15

20 20 20 23 25 27

16

Series MGPW

ø20 to ø63/MGPWL, MGPWA Z

Stroke

4 x YY depth YL

Z

L

Stroke

4 x MM depth ML

V

H

X PW

U

T R

øDA

4 x NN through

øDB

2xP

OL GA FA

GB

4 x øOA through 2 x øOB counterbore

FB

J

C + Stroke

Q

B + Stroke

S

E

K G

A + Stroke For intermediate strokes other than standard strokes, refer to “Manufacture of Intermediate Strokes” on page 3.

MGPWL, MGPWA Common Dimensions Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63

(mm)

Standard stroke (mm)

B

C

DA

DB

FA

FB

G

GA

GB

H

J

K

L

MM

ML

25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200

44.5 47 52 56 60.5 67.5

34 35 37 41 42 49

10 10 14 14 18 18

10 13 16 16 20 20

7.5 9 10 10 12.5 12.5

3 3 5 5 6 6

36 42 48 54 64 78

9.9 10.3 11.4 13.5 14 15.5

7.5 8.7 9 10.5 11.1 13.5

137 157 190 206 258 286

18 21 24 27 32 39

18 21 24 27 32 39

24 30 34 40 46 58

M5 x 0.8 M6 x 1 M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

13 15 20 20 22 22

Bore size (mm)

NN

OA

OB

OL

20 25 32 40 50 63

M5 x 0.8 M6 x 1 M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

5.4 5.4 6.7 6.7 8.6 8.6

9.5 9.5 11 11 14 14

30.5 36.5 40.5 46.5 54.5 68.5

Nil Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc1/4

P TN

TF

NPT1/8 NPT1/8 NPT1/8 NPT1/8 NPT1/4 NPT1/4

G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4

MGPWL, MGPWA ø20, ø25/A, E Dimensions A

PW

Q

R

S

T

U

V

X

YY

YL

Z

17 18 26 27 28.5 30

14 16 20 20 26 30

64 68 78 92 132 160

24 26 35 35 44 48

123 146 178 193 247 274

108 128 156 172 220 248

126 146 176 192 240 266

76 92 112 128 168 196

M6 x 1 M6 x 1 M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

9 9 12 12 15 15

20 20 20 23 25 27

(mm)

E

Bore size (mm)

25 st or less

Over 25 st 100 st or less

Over 100 st

25 st or less

Over 25 st 100 st or less

Over 100 st

20 25

53.5 61.5

70.5 77.5

94.5 96.5

9 14.5

26 30.5

50 49.5

17

MGPWL, MGPWA ø32 to ø63/A, E Dimensions A

(mm)

E

Bore size (mm)

50 st or less

Over 50 st 100 st or less

Over 100 st

50 st or less

Over 50 st 100 st or less

Over 100 st

32 40 50 63

72.5 72.5 82 82

89.5 89.5 103 103

109.5 109.5 123 123

20.5 16.5 21.5 14.5

37.5 33.5 42.5 35.5

57.5 53.5 62.5 55.5

Series

MGPW

Auto Switch Mounting 1

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End) and Its Mounting Height ø20 to ø63

D-M9 D-M9 D-M9 D-M9 D-M9 D-M9 D-A9 D-A9

B

V W WV A AV V

A

Hs

ø32 to ø63

D-P3DW

B

A

Hs

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position Applicable Cylinder Series: MGPW Auto switch model

Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63

D-M9 D-M9 D-M9 D-M9 D-M9 D-M9 A 11 10.5 12 14 13.5 16.5

V W WV A AV B 11 12.5 13 15 16 20

D-A9 D-A9 V A

B

7 6.5 8 10 9.5 12.5

7 8.5 9 11 12 16

(mm)

D-P3DW

A

B

— — — — 7.5 8.5 9.5 10.5 9 11.5 12 15.5 Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting.

Auto Switch Mounting Height Auto switch model

Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63

D-M9 V D-M9 WV D-M9 AV

(mm)

D-A9 V

D-P3DW

Hs

Hs

Hs

24.5 26 29 33 38.5 45.5

22 24 26.5 30.5 36 43

— — 33 37 42.5 49.5

18

Series

MGPW

Auto Switch Mounting 2

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting

(mm) Auto switch model

D-M9

No. of auto switches mounted 1 pc.

D-M9 W D-M9 WV D-M9 AV D-M9 A D-M9 V D-A9 V D-A9 D-P3DW

ø20

ø25

ø32

ø40

5 Note 1)

ø50 5

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

5 Note 2)

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

5 Note 2)

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

5 Note 2)

2 pcs.

10 Note 2)

1 pc.

5

2 pcs.

5

1 pc.

5

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

5

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

—

15

2 pcs.

—

15

Note 1) Confirm that it is possible to secure the minimum bending radius of 10 mm of the auto switch lead wire before use. Note 2) Confirm that it is possible to securely set the auto switch(es) within the range of indicator green light ON range before use. For in-line entry type, please also consider Note 1) shown above. Note 3) The D-P3DW can be mounted on bore sizes ø32 to ø63.

Other than the applicable auto switches listed in “How to Order”, the following auto switches are mountable. Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 in Best Pneumatics No. 3 for detailed specifications. Type Solid state switch

Model D-P4DW

Electrical entry

Features

Grommet (In-line)

Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Bore size: ø32 to ø63

With pre-wired connector is also available for solid state auto switches. For details, refer to pages 1784 and 1785 in Best Pneumatics No. 3. Normally closed (NC = b ) solid state auto switches (D-F9G/F9H) are also available. For details, refer to page 1746 in Best Pneumatics No. 3. When installing the D-P4DW, use the BMG7-032 auto switch mounting bracket.

19

ø63

Auto Switch Mounting Series

MGPW

Auto Switch Mounting Brackets/Part No. Applicable Cylinder Series: MGPWM, MGPWL, MGPWA D-M9 D-M9 D-M9 D-A9

Applicable auto switches

/M9 V W/M9 WV A/M9 AV /A9 V

D-P3DW

ø20 to ø63

ø32 to ø63

Auto switch mounting bracket part no.

—

BQ6-032S

Auto switch mounting bracket fitting parts lineup/Weight

—

Bore size (mm)

• Hexagon socket head cap screw (M2.5 x 6 L) • Auto switch mounting bracket (nut) Weight: 5 g

Surfaces with auto switch mounting slot

Surfaces with auto switch mounting slot

Auto switch mounting surfaces

Auto switch mounting screw

Auto switch

Mounting of auto switch

• When tightening the auto switch mounting screw, use a watchmakers’ screwdriver with a handle 5 to 6 mm in diameter.

Tightening Torque for Auto Switch Mounting Screw Auto switch model

Tightening torque

D-M9 (V) D-M9 W(V) D-M9 A(V)

0.037 to 0.11 lbf·ft (0.05 to 0.15 N·m)

D-A9 (V)

0.074 to 0.15 lbf·ft (0.10 to 0.20 N·m)

Fix the auto switch and the auto switch mounting bracket temporarily by tightening the attached hexagon socket head cap screw (M2.5 x 9.5 L) 1 to 2 turns. Insert the temporarily tightened mounting bracket into the mating groove of the cylinder tube, and slide the auto switch onto the cylinder tube through the groove. Check the detecting position of the auto switch and fix the auto switch firmly with the hexagon socket head cap screw (M2.5 x 6 L, M2.5 x 9.5 L). If the detecting position is changed, go back to step . The hexagon socket head cap screw (M2.5 x 6 L) is used to fix the mounting bracket and cylinder tube. This enables the replacement of the auto switch without adjusting the auto switch position. Note 1) Ensure that the auto switch is covered with the mating groove to protect the auto switch. Note 2) The tightening torque for the hexagon socket head cap screw (M2.5 x 6 L, M2.5 x 9.5 L) is 0.15 to 0.22 lbf·ft (0.2 to 0.3 N·m). Note 3) Tighten the hexagon socket head cap screws evenly. Hexagon socket head cap screw (attached to auto switch) (M2.5 x 9.5 L)

Hexagon socket head cap screw (M2.5 x 6 L) BQ6-032S Auto switch mounting bracket

Note) Auto switch mounting brackets and auto switches are enclosed with the cylinder for shipment. For an environment that needs the water-resistant auto switch, select the D-M9 A(V) type.

20

Prior to Use

Auto Switch Connection and Example Sink Input Specifications

Source Input Specifications

3-wire, NPN

3-wire, PNP

Brown

Auto switch

Input

Black

Brown Black

Auto switch

Blue

Blue COM

2-wire

Brown

Input

COM

(PLC internal circuit)

2-wire

Input

(PLC internal circuit)

Brown COM Auto switch

Auto switch

Blue

Blue COM

Input

(PLC internal circuit)

(PLC internal circuit)

Connect according to the applicable PLC input specifications, as the connection method will vary depending on the PLC input specifications.

Example of AND (Series) and OR (Parallel) Connection 3-wire, AND connection for NPN output (Using relays)

Brown Auto switch 1

Auto switch 2

Relay

Black

3-wire, OR connection for NPN output

(Performed with auto switches only) Brown Load Auto switch 1

Brown

Black Load

Auto switch 1

Blue

Blue

Blue

Brown

Brown

Brown

Black

Auto switch 2

Blue

Black

Auto switch 2

Blue

(Performed with auto switches only)

Brown

Auto switch 2

Brown

Brown

Relay Auto switch 1

Black

Auto switch 1

Black

Blue

Blue

Blue

Brown

Brown

Brown

Black

Black Load

Auto switch 2 Load

Blue

2-wire, AND connection

Blue Brown Auto switch 2

Black

Load

Blue

2-wire, OR connection Load

Auto switch 1

Auto switch 2

Blue

Brown

When two auto switches are connected in series, malfunction may occur because the load voltage will decrease in the ON state. The indicator lights will light up when both of the auto switches are in the ON state.

Blue

Brown

(Solid state)

(Reed)

Blue

When two auto switches are connected in parallel, malfunction may occur because the load voltage will increase in the OFF state.

Because there is no leakage current, the load voltage will not increase in the OFF state. However, depending on the number of auto switches in the ON state, the indicator lights may sometimes grow dim or not light up, due to the dispersion and reduction of the current flowing to the auto switches.

Load Auto switch 1

Brown Auto switch 2 Blue

Load voltage at ON = Power supply voltage − Residual voltage x 2 pcs. = 24 V − 4 V x 2 pcs. = 16 V

Load voltage at OFF = Leakage current x 2 pcs. x Load impedance = 1 mA x 2 pcs. x 3 k =6V

Example: Power supply voltage 24 VDC Auto switch internal voltage drop 4 V

Example: Load impedance 3 k Auto switch leakage current 1 mA

21

Black

3-wire, OR connection for PNP output

(Using relays)

Black

Load

Blue

3-wire, AND connection for PNP output

Auto switch 1

Black

MGPW

Series

Made to Order 1

to Made r Orde

Please SMC for detailed dimensions, specifications, and lead times.

Symbol

1 With Knock Pin Holes

-XC56

Cylinder with knock positioning pin hole

How to Order MGPW

XC56

Standard model no.

• With knock pin holes

Specifications: Same as standard type Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.) (mm) Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63

Top of the plate

HA

HB

N H7 +0.010 0

RA

XA

XB 76 0.03

25 0.02

25 0.02

3

depth 6

28 0.02

17

28 0.02

28 0.02

4H7

+0.012 0

depth 6

34 0.02

18

92 0.03

34 0.02

34 0.02

4H7

+0.012 0

depth 6

42 0.02

19

112 0.03

38 0.02

38 0.02

4H7

+0.012 0

depth 6

50 0.02

21

128 0.04

49 0.02

49 0.02

5H7

+0.012 0

depth 8

65 0.03

21

168 0.04

58 0.03

58 0.03

5H7

+0.012 0

depth 8

80 0.03

25

196 0.04

Side of the cylinder (Bottom)

Bottom of the cylinder

XB

2 x øN

RA

HB

2 x øN

2 x øN

XA + (Stroke/2)

HA

22

Series

MGPW

Made to Order 2

to Made r Orde

Please SMC for detailed dimensions, specifications, and lead times.

Symbol

2 Side Porting Type

-X867

Ports are only on the top of the cylinder for the standard model, but side ports are also available.

How to Order MGPW

Standard model no.

X867 • Side porting type

Port positions -X867

Standard Top port

Plug Side port

Specifications: Same as standard type Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.) (mm) Bore size (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63

GC

23

PA

PB

GC

PA

PB

9.9

23.5

10.5

10.3

25

13.5

11.4

31

16

13.5

31

18

14

35

21.5

15.5

36

28

Safety Instructions

These safety instructions are intended to prevent hazardous situations and/or equipment damage. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard with the labels of “Caution,” “Warning” or “Danger.” They are all important notes for safety and must be followed in addition to International Standards (ISO/IEC) 1), and other safety regulations.

Caution indicates a hazard with a low level of risk

if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate Caution: which, injury.

Warning indicates a hazard with a medium level of risk

if not avoided, could result in death or serious Warning: which, injury.

1) ISO 4414: Pneumatic fluid power – General rules relating to systems. ISO 4413: Hydraulic fluid power – General rules relating to systems. IEC 60204-1: Safety of machinery – Electrical equipment of machines. (Part 1: General requirements) ISO 10218-1: Manipulating industrial robots - Safety. etc.

indicates a hazard with a high level of risk Danger : Danger which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

Caution

Warning 1. The compatibility of the product is the responsibility of the person who designs the equipment or decides its specifications. Since the product specified here is used under various operating conditions, its compatibility with specific equipment must be decided by the person who designs the equipment or decides its specifications based on necessary analysis and test results. The expected performance and safety assurance of the equipment will be the responsibility of the person who has determined its compatibility with the product. This person should also continuously review all specifications of the product referring to its latest cataformation, with a view to giving due consideration to any possibility of equipment failure when configuring the equipment.

2.

Only personnel with appropriate training should operate machinery and equipment. The product specified here may become unsafe if handled incorrectly. The assembly, operation and maintenance of machines or equipment including our products must be performed by an operator who is appropriately trained and experienced.

3. Do not service or attempt to remove machinery/equipment until safety is confirmed.

product

and

1. The inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be performed after measures to prevent falling or runaway of the driven objects have been confirmed. 2. When the product is to be removed, confirm that the safety measures as mentioned above are implemented and the power from any appropriate source is cut, and read and understand the specific product precautions of all relevant products carefully. 3. Before machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent unexpected operation and malfunction.

4. SMC beforehand and take special consideration of safety measures if the product is to be used in any of the following conditions. 1. Conditions and environments outside of the given specifications, or use outdoors or in a place exposed to direct sunlight. 2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railways, air navigation, space, shipping, vehicles, military, medical treatment, combustion and recreation, or equipment in with food and beverages, emergency stop circuits, clutch and brake circuits in press applications, safety equipment or other applications unsuitable for the standard specifications described in the product catalog. 3. An application which could have negative effects on people, property, or animals requiring special safety analysis. 4. Use in an interlock circuit, which requires the provision of double interlock for possible failure by using a mechanical protective function, and periodical checks to confirm proper operation.

Safety Instructions

1. The product is provided for use in manufacturing industries. The product herein described is basically provided for peaceful use in manufacturing industries. If considering using the product in other industries, consult SMC beforehand and exchange specifications or a contract if necessary. If anything is unclear, your nearest sales branch.

Limited warranty and Disclaimer/ Compliance Requirements The product used is subject to the following “Limited warranty and Disclaimer” and “Compliance Requirements”. Read and accept them before using the product.

Limited warranty and Disclaimer 1.The warranty period of the product is 1 year in service or 1.5 years after the product is delivered, whichever is first. 2) Also, the product may have specified durability, running distance or replacement parts. Please consult your nearest sales branch. 2. For any failure or damage reported within the warranty period which is clearly our responsibility, a replacement product or necessary parts will be provided. This limited warranty applies only to our product independently, and not to any other damage incurred due to the failure of the product. 3. Prior to using SMC products, please read and understand the warranty and disclaimers noted in the specified catalog for the particular products. 2) Vacuum pads are excluded from this 1 year warranty. A vacuum pad is a consumable part, so it is warranted for a year after it is delivered. Also, even within the warranty period, the wear of a product due to the use of the vacuum pad or failure due to the deterioration of rubber material are not covered by the limited warranty.

Compliance Requirements 1. The use of SMC products with production equipment for the manufacture of weapons of mass destruction (WMD) or any other weapon is strictly prohibited. 2. The exports of SMC products or technology from one country to another are governed by the relevant security laws and regulations of the countries involved in the transaction. Prior to the shipment of a SMC product to another country, assure that all local rules governing that export are known and followed.

Be sure to read “Handling Precautions for SMC Products” (M-E03-3) before using.

24

Global Manufacturing, Distribution and Service Network Worldwide Subsidiaries America North & South America

Asia/Oceania

Europe/Africa

U.S.A. SMC Corporation of America

SRI LANKA (Distributor) Electro-Serv(Pvt.)Ltd.

CZECH REPUBLIC SMC Industrial Automation CZ s.r.o.

CANADA SMC Pneumatics (Canada) Ltd.

IRAN (Distributor) Abzarchian Co. Ltd.

HUNGARY SMC Hungary Ipari Automatizálási Kft.

MEXICO SMC Corporation(México), S.A. de C.V.

U.A.E. (Distributor) Machinery People Trading Co. L.L.C.

POLAND SMC Industrial Automation Polska Sp. z o.o.

BRAZIL SMC Pneumãticos do Brasil Ltda.

KUWAIT (Distributor) Esco Kuwait Equip & Petroleum App. Est.

SLOVAKIA SMC Priemyselná Automatizácia Spol s.r.o.

CHILE SMC Pneumatics (Chile) S.A.

SAUDI ARABIA (Distributor) Assaggaff Trading Est.

SLOVENIA SMC Industrijska Avtomatika d.o.o.

COLOMBIA SMC Colombia Sucursal de SMC Chile S.A.

BAHRAIN (Distributor) Mohammed Jalal & Sons W.L.L. Technical & Automative Services

BULGARIA SMC Industrial Automation Bulgaria EOOD

ARGENTINA SMC Argentina S.A. BOLIVIA SMC Pneumatics Bolivia S.r.l. VENEZUELA SMC Neumatica Venezuela S.A. PERU (Distributor) IMPECO Automatización Industrial S.A.C. ECUADOR (Distributor) ASSISTECH CIA. LTDA.

Asia/Oceania

CROATIA SMC Industrijska Automatika d.o.o.

SYRIA (Distributor) Miak Corporation

BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA(Distributor) A.M. Pneumatik d.o.o.

JORDAN (Distributor) Atafawok Trading Est.

SERBIA(Distributor) Best Pneumatics d.o.o.

BANGLADESH (Distributor) Chemie International

UKRAINE(Distributor) PNEUMOTEC Corp.

AUSTRALIA SMC Pneumatics(Australia)Pty.Ltd.

FINLAND SMC Pneumatics Finland Oy

NEW ZEALAND SMC Pneumatics(N.Z.)Ltd.

NORWAY SMC Pneumatics Norway AS

JAPAN SMC Corporation

CHINA SMC(China)Co.,Ltd. CHINA SMC Pneumatics (Guangzhou) Ltd.

ESTONIA SMC Pneumatics Estonia Oü

Europe/Africa

HONG KONG SMC Pneumatics(Hong Kong)Ltd.

SMC Pneumatik GmbH

TAIWAN SMC Pneumatics(Taiwan)Co.,Ltd.

SWITZERLAND SMC Pneumatik AG

KOREA SMC Pneumatics Korea Co., Ltd.

U.K. SMC Pneumatics (U.K.) Ltd.

SINGAPORE SMC Pneumatics(S.E.A.)Pte.Ltd.

SMC Pneumatique SA

MALAYSIA SMC Pneumatics(S.E.A.)Sdn.Bhd.

SWEDEN SMC Pneumatics Sweden AB LATVIA SMC Pneumatics Latvia SIA LITHUANIA(LIETUVA) UAB “SMC Pneumatics” ROMANIA SMC Romania S.r.l. RUSSIA SMC Pneumatik LLC. KAZAKHSTAN SMC Kazakhstan, LLC.

SPAIN / PORTUGAL SMC España S.A.

TURKEY (Distributor) Entek Pnömatik Sanayi ve. Ticaret S¸irketi

THAILAND SMC (Thailand) Ltd.

ITALY SMC Italia S.p.A.

PHILIPPINES Shoketsu SMC Corporation

GREECE SMC HELLAS E.P.E

INDIA SMC Pneumatics(India)Pvt.Ltd.

IRELAND SMC Pneumatics (Ireland) Ltd.

ISRAEL (Distributor) Baccara Geva A.C.S. Ltd.

NETHERLANDS (Associated company) SMC Pneumatics BV

INDONESIA (Distributor) PT. Sinar Mutiara Cemerlang

BELGIUM (Associated company) SMC Pneumatics N.V./S.A.

VIETNAM (Distributor) Dy Dan Trading Co.,Ltd.

DENMARK SMC Pneumatik A/S

PAKISTAN (Distributor) Jubilee Corporation

AUSTRIA SMC Pneumatik GmbH (Austria)

MOROCCO (Distributor) Soraflex TUNISIA (Distributor) Byms EGYPT (Distributor) Saadani Trading & Industrial Services NIGERIA (Distributor) Faraday Engineering Company Ltd. SOUTH AFRICA (Distributor) Hyflo Southern Africa (Pty.) Ltd.

U.S. & Canadian Sales Offices WEST

Austin Dallas Los Angeles Phoenix Portland San Francisco Vancouver CENTRAL

Chicago Cincinnati Cleveland Detroit Indianapolis Milwaukee Minneapolis St. Louis Toronto Windsor

EAST

Atlanta Birmingham Boston Charlotte Nashville New Jersey Richmond Rochester Tampa Montreal

Vancouver

Toronto

Montreal

Detroit Boston

Chicago

Livermore

Indianapolis

Atlanta Sales Branches Regional Distribution Centers Central warehouse

Austin

SMC Corporation of America

10100 SMC Blvd., Noblesville, IN 46060 www.smcusa.com

SMC Pneumatics (Canada) Ltd. www.smneumatics.ca

(800) SMC.SMC1 (762-7621)

e-mail: [email protected] For International inquiries: www.smcworld.com © 2012 SMC Corporation of America, All Rights Reserved.

QX-RRD-5M

All reasonable efforts to ensure the accuracy of the information detailed in this catalog were made at the time of publishing. However, SMC can in no way warrant the information herein contained as specifications are subject to change without notice.